[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019176785A1 - Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using same - Google Patents

Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019176785A1
WO2019176785A1 PCT/JP2019/009397 JP2019009397W WO2019176785A1 WO 2019176785 A1 WO2019176785 A1 WO 2019176785A1 JP 2019009397 W JP2019009397 W JP 2019009397W WO 2019176785 A1 WO2019176785 A1 WO 2019176785A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substrate
coloring composition
negative photosensitive
photosensitive coloring
partition
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2019/009397
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
小林秀行
諏訪充史
飯塚英祐
東後行倫
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Toray Industries Inc
Original Assignee
Toray Industries Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toray Industries Inc filed Critical Toray Industries Inc
Priority to KR1020207021151A priority Critical patent/KR102617582B1/en
Priority to JP2019520658A priority patent/JP7306264B2/en
Priority to CN201980015528.7A priority patent/CN111771163B/en
Publication of WO2019176785A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019176785A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • G03F7/0757Macromolecular compounds containing Si-O, Si-C or Si-N bonds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0382Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/22Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
    • C08G77/24Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen halogen-containing groups
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/044Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a negative photosensitive coloring composition, a cured film, a production method thereof, and a touch panel using the same.
  • the projected capacitive touch panel has an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) film pattern in the screen area, and further has a metal wiring portion such as molybdenum around the periphery thereof.
  • ITO Indium Tin Oxide
  • a black or white light-shielding pattern is often provided inside the cover glass of the projected capacitive touch panel.
  • higher-definition light-shielding patterns are required, and as a method for forming such light-shielding patterns, lithography capable of processing with higher resolution is possible instead of the conventional printing method.
  • the law is becoming mainstream (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • the white light-shielding pattern since the light-shielding property of the white pigment is generally low, thick film processing is required.
  • the touch panel system is an out-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed between a cover glass and a liquid crystal panel, an on-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed on the liquid crystal panel, and an in-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed inside the liquid crystal panel.
  • Cell type and OGS (One Glass Solution) type that directly forms the touch panel layer on the cover glass.
  • OGS type touch panels have been actively developed because they can be made thinner and lighter than conventional ones.
  • a light-shielding pattern material is required to have a high heat resistance with few cracks and color change in the high-temperature processing.
  • a negative photosensitive coloring composition for example, see Patent Document 2 containing a white pigment, a polysiloxane having a specific structure, a polyfunctional acrylic monomer, a photo radical polymerization initiator, and an organic solvent, a white pigment
  • a negative photosensitive white composition for touch panel for example, see Patent Document 3 containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator has been proposed.
  • a photosensitive white composition containing a white pigment can easily form a high-definition and highly reflective partition wall pattern on a substrate by a lithography method. Therefore, as a technique for improving the light extraction efficiency of a light emitter, a display device Application to brightness enhancement technology is under consideration.
  • JP 2012-242928 A International Publication No. 2014/126013 International Publication No. 2015/12228
  • composition described in Patent Document 2 has a high refractive index of polysiloxane and a small difference in refractive index from the white pigment, reflection at the interface between the polysiloxane and the white pigment is insufficient. The reflectance of the light shielding pattern was insufficient.
  • the reflectance of the white light-shielding pattern is improved by the composition described in Patent Document 3, further improvement has been demanded.
  • the film thickness is large, cracks are likely to occur due to high-temperature treatment, and there is a problem that heat resistance is insufficient.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a negative photosensitive coloring composition capable of forming a cured film having high resolution, high reflectance, and excellent heat resistance even if it is a thick film. .
  • the inventors of the present invention have made extensive studies by paying attention to the structure of a siloxane resin in a negative photosensitive coloring composition containing a white pigment.
  • a siloxane resin in which a structural unit derived from an alkoxysilane compound containing fluorine and a structural unit derived from a bifunctional alkoxysilane compound are contained. That is, the present invention has the following configuration.
  • a negative photosensitive coloring composition containing (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent, )
  • the siloxane resin includes at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and / or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • Negative photosensitive material containing a total of 40 to 80 mol% of the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) in all the repeating units of the (B) siloxane resin. Coloring composition.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or arylalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine.
  • R 2 represents a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —CO—, —CO— or —O—CO—.
  • R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 may be the same or different and represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a thick cured film having high reflectivity, high resolution and excellent heat resistance can be formed.
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent.
  • the white pigment includes, for example, a compound selected from titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate and a composite compound thereof. Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, titanium dioxide is preferable because of its high reflectance and easy industrial use.
  • the crystal structure of titanium dioxide is classified into anatase type, rutile type and brookite type. Among these, rutile type titanium oxide is preferable because of its low photocatalytic activity.
  • the white pigment may be subjected to a surface treatment.
  • Surface treatment with Al, Si and / or Zr is preferable, and the dispersibility of the (A) white pigment in the negative photosensitive coloring composition can be improved, and the light resistance and heat resistance of the cured film can be further improved.
  • the median diameter of the white pigment is preferably from 100 to 500 nm, more preferably from 170 to 310 nm, from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance.
  • the median diameter means the average primary particle diameter of the white pigment (A) calculated from the particle size distribution measured by the laser diffraction method.
  • Titanium dioxide pigments preferably used as white pigments include, for example, R960; manufactured by DuPont (rutile type, SiO 2 / Al 2 O 3 treatment, median diameter 210 nm), CR-97; Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. ) (Rutile type, Al 2 O 3 / ZrO 2 treatment, median diameter 250 nm), JR-301; manufactured by Teika Co., Ltd. (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, median diameter 300 nm), JR-405; Co., Ltd.
  • the refractive index of the white pigment at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 2.00 to 2.70.
  • the refractive index of the white pigment is more preferably 2.40 or more.
  • the refractive index of the (A) white pigment to 2.70 or less, excessive interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be suppressed, and the resolution can be further improved.
  • the refractive index of the (A) white pigment can be measured using the Becke method defined in JIS K7142-2014 (established date: 2014/04/20).
  • the measurement wavelength is a standard 587.5 nm.
  • the content of the white pigment (A) in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more in the solid content, from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance. More preferably by weight.
  • the content of the (A) white pigment is preferably 65% by weight or less, and more preferably 60% by weight or less in the solid content from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue and forming a higher resolution pattern.
  • Solid content here means all the components except volatile components, such as a solvent, among the components contained in a negative photosensitive coloring composition. The amount of solid content can be determined by heating the negative photosensitive coloring composition at 170 ° C. for 30 minutes and measuring the residue obtained by evaporating volatile components.
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may contain a pigment dispersant together with (A) the white pigment, and can improve the dispersibility of the (A) white pigment in the negative photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the pigment dispersant can be appropriately selected depending on the type of white pigment used and the surface state.
  • the pigment dispersant preferably contains an acidic group and / or a basic group. Examples of commercially available pigment dispersants include “Disperbyk” (registered trademark) 106, 108, 110, 180, 190, 2001, 1155, 140, and 145 (above, trade names, manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.). . Two or more of these may be contained.
  • (B) Siloxane resin By containing the (B) siloxane resin having the specific structure described above, the refractive index difference between the (A) white pigment and the (B) siloxane resin is expanded, and the resulting cured film has a reflectivity. Can be further improved. Moreover, the (B) siloxane resin having the specific structure described above is excellent in heat resistance and can suppress color change and cracks in the cured film. Furthermore, a high resolution pattern can be formed.
  • Siloxane resin is a hydrolyzed / dehydrated condensate of organosilane.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) are characterized by containing fluorine.
  • the refractive index of (B) siloxane resin is reduced, the difference in refractive index from (A) white pigment is increased, and (A) between the white pigment and (B) siloxane resin.
  • the reflectance of the cured film can be improved by light reflection at the interface.
  • the repeating unit derived from the bifunctional alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (3) the excessive thermal polymerization (condensation) of the (B) siloxane resin in the heat treatment is suppressed, and the heat resistance is improved. Can do. Thereby, the crack and color change of the cured film in heat processing can be suppressed.
  • the (B) siloxane resin contains a total of 40 to 80 mol% of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2).
  • the total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) is preferably 50 mol% or more.
  • the total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) exceeds 80 mol%, (B) the phase with other components in the composition due to the hydrophobization of the siloxane resin.
  • the total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) is preferably 70 mol% or less. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 50 mol% or less. When the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is excessive, the cured film is not sufficiently crosslinked and the film characteristics are deteriorated. On the other hand, the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 10 mol% or more. Since content of the repeating unit represented by General formula (3) is less than 10 mol%, since bridge
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or arylalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine.
  • R 2 represents a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —CO—, —CO— or —O—CO—.
  • R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 may be the same or different and represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is preferably an alkyl group in which all or part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine from the viewpoint of further reducing the refractive index of the siloxane resin.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 and R 4 are preferably groups selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an acyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of further reducing the refractive index of the siloxane resin.
  • the repeating units represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) are derived from alkoxysilane compounds represented by the following general formulas (4) to (6), respectively. That is, the siloxane resin containing the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and / or the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3)
  • a plurality of alkoxysilane compounds including an alkoxysilane compound represented by the formula (4) and / or an alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (5) and an alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (6) Can be obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation. Further, other alkoxysilane compounds may be used.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 8 and R 9 are the same groups as R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 in the general formulas (1) to (3), respectively.
  • R 7 may be the same or different and represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) examples include trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltriethoxysilane, perfluoropentyltrimethoxysilane, perfluoropentyltriethoxysilane, and tridecafluorooctyltri Examples include methoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltriethoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltripropoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltriisopropoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecyltrimethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecyltriethoxysilane, and the like. Two or more of these may be used.
  • alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) examples include bis (trifluoromethyl) dimethoxysilane, bis (trifluoropropyl) dimethoxysilane, bis (trifluoropropyl) diethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, Examples include trifluoropropylmethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldiethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecylmethyldimethoxysilane, and the like. Two or more of these may be used.
  • alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (6) examples include dimethyldimethoxysilane, dimethyldiethoxysilane, ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, methylpropyldimethoxysilane, methylpropyldiethoxysilane, and diphenyldimethoxysilane.
  • alkoxysilane compounds include methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltriethoxysilane, propyltrimethoxysilane, propyltriethoxysilane, isobutyltrimethoxysilane, isobutyltriethoxysilane, Cyclohexyltrimethoxysilane, cyclohexyltriethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, Trifunctional alkoxysilane compounds such as 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane; tetramethoxysilane, te
  • the total content of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) in the mixture of the alkoxysilane compounds as raw materials for the siloxane resin is (B ) 40 mol% or more is preferable from the viewpoint of setting the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) in all the repeating units of the siloxane resin within the above range. 50 mol% or more is more preferable.
  • the total content of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) is preferably 80 mol% or less, and 70 mol% or less. More preferred.
  • the alkoxysilane compound may be included in the above range.
  • both the alkoxysilane compound represented by 4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) are included, the total of these may be included in the above range.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the siloxane resin is preferably 1,000 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more, from the viewpoint of coating properties.
  • the Mw of the (B) siloxane resin is preferably 50,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Mw of the (B) siloxane resin in the present invention refers to a polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the refractive index of the siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 1.35 to 1.55.
  • the refractive index of the siloxane resin is more preferably 1.40 or more.
  • the interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and the (B) siloxane resin can be increased, and the reflectance can be further improved.
  • the refractive index of the siloxane resin is more preferably 1.50 or less.
  • the refractive index of (B) siloxane resin is 20 ° C. under atmospheric pressure using a prism coupler (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon)) for a cured film of siloxane resin formed on a silicon wafer.
  • PC-2000 manufactured by Metricon
  • the measurement is performed by irradiating light having a wavelength of 587.5 nm from the direction perpendicular to the cured film surface.
  • the third decimal place will be rounded off.
  • the cured film of siloxane resin is spin-coated on a silicon wafer with a siloxane resin solution prepared by dissolving the siloxane resin in an organic solvent so that the solid content concentration is 40% by weight, and dried on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, it is prepared by curing in an air at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes using an oven.
  • a negative photosensitive coloring composition contains 2 or more types of (B) siloxane resin, it is preferable that at least 1 type of refractive index exists in the said range.
  • the difference in refractive index between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 1.16 to 1.26.
  • the difference in refractive index is more preferably 1.18 or more.
  • the refractive index difference is 1.26 or less, excessive interface reflection between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be suppressed, and the resolution can be further improved.
  • the difference in refractive index is more preferably 1.24 or less.
  • the content of the (B) siloxane resin can be arbitrarily set depending on the desired film thickness and application, but in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, it is 10 to 60. % By weight is preferred. Further, the content of the (B) siloxane resin is preferably 10% by weight or more, and more preferably 20% by weight or more in the solid content of the negative photosensitive coloring composition. On the other hand, the content of the (B) siloxane resin is preferably 60% by weight or less, and more preferably 50% by weight or less in the solid content of the negative photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the siloxane resin can be obtained by hydrolyzing the aforementioned organosilane compound and then subjecting the hydrolyzate to a dehydration condensation reaction in the presence of a solvent or without a solvent.
  • Various conditions in the hydrolysis can be set according to the physical properties suitable for the intended application in consideration of the reaction scale, the size and shape of the reaction vessel, and the like. Examples of various conditions include acid concentration, reaction temperature, reaction time, and the like.
  • an acid catalyst such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, formic acid, nitric acid, oxalic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, polyphosphoric acid, polyvalent carboxylic acid or its anhydride, or an ion exchange resin can be used.
  • an acidic aqueous solution containing formic acid, acetic acid and / or phosphoric acid is preferable.
  • the amount of the acid catalyst added is 0.05 wt.
  • the addition amount of the acid catalyst is preferably 20 parts by weight or less and more preferably 10 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total alkoxysilane compound.
  • the total amount of the alkoxysilane compound means an amount including all of the alkoxysilane compound, its hydrolyzate and its condensate.
  • the hydrolysis reaction can be performed in an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent can be appropriately selected in consideration of the stability, wettability, volatility, etc. of the negative photosensitive coloring composition.
  • examples of the organic solvent include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, t-butanol, pentanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, and 3-methyl-3- Alcohols such as methoxy-1-butanol and diacetone alcohol; glycols such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl Ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene Ethers such as
  • diacetone alcohol propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol mono- t-Butyl ether, ⁇ -butyrolactone and the like are preferably used.
  • the hydrolysis can be performed without a solvent. After completion of the hydrolysis reaction, it is also preferable to adjust the concentration to an appropriate concentration for use as a negative photosensitive coloring composition by further adding an organic solvent to the obtained composition. It is also possible to distill and remove all or part of the produced alcohol and the like after heating and / or under reduced pressure, and then add a suitable organic solvent.
  • the amount of the organic solvent added is preferably 50 parts by weight or more, and 80 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total alkoxysilane compound from the viewpoint of suppressing gel formation. More preferred.
  • the addition amount of the organic solvent is preferably 500 parts by weight or less and more preferably 200 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total alkoxysilane compound from the viewpoint of allowing hydrolysis to proceed more rapidly.
  • water used for the hydrolysis reaction ion-exchanged water is preferable.
  • the amount of water can be arbitrarily set, but is preferably 1.0 to 4.0 mol with respect to 1 mol of all alkoxysilane compounds.
  • Examples of the dehydration condensation method include a method of heating a silanol compound solution obtained by hydrolysis reaction of an organosilane compound as it is.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and the boiling point of the solvent or lower, and the heating time is preferably 1 to 100 hours.
  • reheating or addition of a base catalyst may be performed.
  • an appropriate amount such as the generated alcohol may be distilled and removed under heating and / or reduced pressure, and then a suitable solvent may be added.
  • the siloxane resin solution after hydrolysis and dehydration condensation preferably does not contain the catalyst, and the catalyst can be removed as necessary.
  • the catalyst removal method water washing, treatment with an ion exchange resin, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of easy operation and removability.
  • the water washing is a method in which an organic layer obtained by diluting a siloxane resin solution with an appropriate hydrophobic solvent and washing several times with water is concentrated with an evaporator or the like.
  • the treatment with an ion exchange resin is a method in which a siloxane resin solution is brought into contact with an appropriate ion exchange resin.
  • (C) Photopolymerization initiator By containing a photopolymerization initiator and (D) a photopolymerizable compound, (D) a photopolymerizable compound by radicals generated from (C) the photopolymerization initiator by light irradiation. As the polymerization proceeds, the exposed portion of the negative photosensitive coloring composition is insolubilized in the aqueous alkali solution, so that a negative pattern can be formed.
  • Any photopolymerization initiator may be used as long as it can be decomposed and / or reacted with light (including ultraviolet rays and electron beams) to generate radicals.
  • light including ultraviolet rays and electron beams
  • Any photopolymerization initiator may be used as long as it can be decomposed and / or reacted with light (including ultraviolet rays and electron beams) to generate radicals.
  • 2-methyl- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one 2-dimethylamino-2- (4-methylbenzyl) -1- (4-morpholin-4-yl ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone compounds such as -phenyl) -butan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1
  • Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide, bis (2,
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention does not contain (A) a colorant other than the white pigment, (C) 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoylphenyl is used to suppress coloring by the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization such as phosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-(2,4,4-trimethylpentyl) -phosphine oxide Initiators are preferred.
  • the content of the (C) photopolymerization initiator in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, preferably 1% by weight in the solid content from the viewpoint of effectively promoting radical curing. The above is more preferable.
  • the content of (C) the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 20% by weight or less in the solid content, 10% by weight or less is more preferable.
  • the photopolymerizable compound in the present invention refers to a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule.
  • the photopolymerizable compound preferably has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds in the molecule.
  • the (D) photopolymerizable compound preferably has a (meth) acrylic group.
  • the double bond equivalent of the (D) photopolymerizable compound is preferably 400 g / mol or less from the viewpoint of further improving the sensitivity in pattern processing.
  • the double bond equivalent of the (D) photopolymerizable compound is preferably 80 g / mol or more from the viewpoint of further improving the resolution in pattern processing.
  • a photopolymerizable compound for example, diethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane diacrylate, Trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate 1,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate 1,9-nonanediol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol dimethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane
  • a compound having a fluorine atom is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance.
  • the content of the (D) photopolymerizable compound in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by weight or more in the solid content from the viewpoint of effectively promoting radical curing.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound (D) is preferably 40% by weight or less in the solid content from the viewpoint of suppressing radical excess reaction and further improving the resolution.
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition can be easily adjusted to a viscosity suitable for coating, and the uniformity of the coating film can be improved.
  • the organic solvent it is preferable to combine an organic solvent having a boiling point under atmospheric pressure of more than 150 ° C. and not more than 250 ° C. with an organic solvent having a boiling point of not more than 150 ° C. Since the negative photosensitive coloring composition contains an organic solvent having a boiling point of more than 150 ° C. and not more than 250 ° C., the organic solvent volatilizes appropriately at the time of coating, and the coating film is dried. The film thickness uniformity can be improved. Furthermore, by containing an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or lower under atmospheric pressure, it is possible to suppress the remaining of the organic solvent in the cured film of the present invention described later.
  • an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or lower under atmospheric pressure is 50% by weight or more of the total organic solvent It is preferable to contain.
  • organic solvents having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or less under atmospheric pressure include ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, 1-propyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isopentyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol Monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 1-methoxypropyl-2-acetate, acetol, acetylacetone, Methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, lactic acid , Toluene, cyclopentanone, cyclohexane, normal heptane, benzene, methyl acetate,
  • Examples of the organic solvent having a boiling point under atmospheric pressure of more than 150 ° C. and not more than 250 ° C. include ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-tert-butyl ether, propylene glycol mono n-butyl ether, Propylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethoxypropion Ethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, diacetone alcohol, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, dimethylformamide, Methylacetamide, .gamma.-butyrolactone,
  • the content of the organic solvent can be arbitrarily set according to the application method and the like.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less.
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may further contain an adhesion improver, an ultraviolet absorber, a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant and the like, if necessary.
  • adhesion improver By including an adhesion improver in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the adhesion to the substrate is improved, and a highly reliable cured film can be obtained.
  • adhesion improver include alicyclic epoxy compounds and silane coupling agents. Among these, since an alicyclic epoxy compound has high heat resistance, it can suppress the color change of the cured film after a heating more.
  • Examples of the alicyclic epoxy compound include 3 ′, 4′-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 1,2-epoxy-2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) -1-butanol.
  • silane coupling agent a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is preferable.
  • each R 10 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index, R 10 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. p represents 0 or 1. From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion with the substrate, p is preferably 0. R 11 represents a trivalent organic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 12 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index, R 12 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the silane coupling agent represented by the general formula (7) include 3- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (tert-butylamino) -2 -Oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 3- (isopropylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (isopropylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (tri Methoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 3- (isobutylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 3- (tert-pentylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (tert- Pentylamino
  • the content of the adhesion improving agent in the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 1% by weight or more in the solid content from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion to the substrate.
  • the content of the adhesion improver is preferably 20% by weight or less, and more preferably 10% by weight or less in the solid content from the viewpoint of further suppressing color change due to heating.
  • UV absorbers include 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol and 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -4,6-tert-pentyl from the viewpoint of further suppressing color change due to heating.
  • Benzotriazole compounds such as phenol, 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methacryloxyethylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole; benzophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone; 2- (4,6 -Diphenyl-1,3,5triazin-2-yl) -5-[(hexyl) oxy] -phenol Triazine compounds are preferably used. Two or more of these may be contained.
  • the resolution of the cured film obtained can be improved.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include di-t-butylhydroxytoluene, butylhydroxyanisole, hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, 1,4-benzoquinone, and t-butylcatechol.
  • Commercially available polymerization inhibitors include “IRGANOX” (registered trademark) 1010, 1035, 1076, 1098, 1135, 1330, 1726, 1425, 1520, 245, 259, 3114, 565, 295 (above, trade names, BASF Japan Ltd.). Two or more of these may be contained.
  • Surfactants include, for example, fluorine-based surfactants such as “Megafac” (registered trademark) F142D, F172, F173, F183, F445, F470, F475, and F477 (above, trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation). Silicone surfactants such as “BYK” (registered trademark) -333, 301, 331, 345, 307 (above, trade name, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.); polyalkylene oxide surfactants; And a (meth) acrylate surfactant. Two or more of these may be contained.
  • fluorine-based surfactants such as “Megafac” (registered trademark) F142D, F172, F173, F183, F445, F470, F475, and F477 (above, trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation). Silicone surfactants such as “BYK” (registered trademark) -333, 301, 331, 345, 307 (above, trade
  • the solid content concentration of the negative photosensitive coloring composition can be arbitrarily set according to the coating method and the like.
  • the solid content concentration is preferably 5% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less.
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can be obtained by mixing the aforementioned components (A) to (E) and other components as necessary. More specifically, for example, first, a mixed liquid of (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, and (E) an organic solvent is dispersed using a mill-type disperser filled with zirconia beads, thereby dispersing the pigment. It is preferable to obtain a liquid.
  • the cured film of the present invention is a cured product of the aforementioned negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the cured film of the present invention can be suitably used as a light shielding pattern in an OGS type touch panel or a partition pattern of an image display device.
  • the thickness of the cured film is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention comprises (I) a step of applying a negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention on a substrate to form a coating film, (II) a step of exposing and developing the coating film, And (III) It is preferable to have a step of heating the coated film after the development. Below, each process is demonstrated.
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is applied to form a coating film.
  • the coating method include spin coating, slit coating, screen printing, inkjet coating, and bar coater coating.
  • pre-bake After forming the coating film, it is preferable to dry (pre-bake) the substrate coated with the negative photosensitive coloring composition.
  • drying method include reduced pressure drying and heat drying.
  • the heating device include a hot plate and an oven. The heating temperature is preferably 60 to 150 ° C., and the heating time is preferably 30 seconds to 3 minutes.
  • the film thickness of the coating film after pre-baking is preferably 5 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the exposure may be performed through a desired mask or may be performed without using a mask.
  • Examples of the exposure machine include a stepper, a mirror projection mask aligner (MPA), a parallel light mask aligner (hereinafter referred to as “PLA”), and the like.
  • the exposure intensity is preferably about 10 to 4000 J / m 2 (wavelength 365 nm exposure amount conversion).
  • Examples of the exposure light source include ultraviolet rays such as i-line, g-line, and h-line, KrF (wavelength 248 nm) laser, ArF (wavelength 193 nm) laser, and the like.
  • Examples of the developing method include methods such as showering, dipping, and paddle.
  • the immersion time in the developer is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes.
  • Examples of the developer include inorganic alkalis such as alkali metal hydroxides, carbonates, phosphates, silicates and borates; amines such as 2-diethylaminoethanol, monoethanolamine and diethanolamine; tetramethyl Examples thereof include aqueous solutions of quaternary ammonium salts such as ammonium hydroxide and choline. It is preferable to rinse with water after development. Subsequently, dry baking may be performed at 50 to 140 ° C.
  • the coated film is cured to obtain a patterned processed substrate.
  • the patterned processed substrate refers to a substrate having a patterned cured film.
  • Examples of the heating device include a hot plate and an oven.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 120 to 250 ° C.
  • the heating time is preferably 15 minutes to 2 hours.
  • the patterned processed substrate of the present invention has a pattern made of the above-described cured film of the present invention on the substrate. Since such a pattern has high resolution and high reflectance, it can be suitably used as a white shading pattern for a touch panel.
  • Examples of the substrate include those exemplified in the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.
  • the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field of view)) of the light shielding pattern is CIE 1976 (L *, a *, b *).
  • the cured film pattern having the color characteristics can be obtained, for example, by pattern processing using the above-described preferable production method using the above-described negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention has a patterned partition wall (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “partition wall (F-1)”) made of the above-described cured film on the substrate.
  • partition wall (F-1) patterned partition wall
  • the partition wall refers to one having a repetitive pattern corresponding to the number of pixels of the image display device.
  • Examples of the number of pixels of the image display device include 4000 vertically and 2000 horizontally.
  • the number of pixels affects the resolution (fineness) of the displayed image. For this reason, it is necessary to form a number of pixels according to the required image resolution and the screen size of the image display device, and it is preferable to determine the pattern formation dimensions of the partition wall accordingly.
  • the substrate has a function as a support in the substrate with a partition wall.
  • the partition has a function of preventing light color mixing between adjacent pixels when a layer containing a color conversion luminescent material, which will be described later, is formed between adjacent partitions and a pixel containing the color conversion luminescent material is configured.
  • the partition wall (F-1) preferably has a reflectance of 60% to 90% per 10 ⁇ m thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm. By setting the reflectance to 60% or more, the luminance of the display device can be improved by utilizing the reflection on the side wall of (F-1) partition wall. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving pattern formation accuracy, the reflectance is preferably 90% or less.
  • FIG. 1 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a patterned partition wall.
  • a patterned partition wall 2 is provided on a substrate 1.
  • the substrate examples include a glass plate, a resin plate, a resin film, and the like.
  • the material of the glass plate alkali-free glass is preferable.
  • polyester, (meth) acrylic polymer, transparent polyimide, polyether sulfone, and the like are preferable.
  • the thickness of the glass plate and the resin plate is preferably 1 mm or less, and preferably 0.8 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the resin film is preferably 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the partition wall (F-1) preferably has a reflectance of 60 to 90% per 10 ⁇ m thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) refers to the length of the partition wall (F-1) perpendicular to the substrate (in the height direction).
  • the thickness of the partition walls 2 is represented by the symbol X.
  • the length of the partition wall (F-1) in the horizontal direction is the width of the partition wall (F-1).
  • the width of the partition walls 2 is represented by the symbol L.
  • the reflection on the side wall of the partition contributes to improvement of the luminance of the display device.
  • the reflectance per thickness is considered to be the same regardless of the thickness direction and the width direction, the present invention focuses on the reflectance per partition wall thickness.
  • the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 0.5 to 50 ⁇ m, and the width is preferably 5 to 40 ⁇ m. Therefore, in the present invention, 10 ⁇ m is selected as the representative value of the thickness of the partition wall (F-1), and attention is paid to the reflectance per 10 ⁇ m thickness.
  • the reflectance per 10 ⁇ m thickness is less than 60%, the reflection on the side wall of the partition wall becomes small, and the luminance of the display device becomes insufficient.
  • the reflectance is preferably 90% or less.
  • the reflectance per 10 ⁇ m thickness of the partition wall (F-1) at a wavelength of 550 nm is measured from the top surface of the partition wall (F-1) having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m in the height direction (for example, CM-2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.).
  • the same composition as the partition wall (F-1) is obtained.
  • a solid film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m may be prepared, and the reflectance of the solid film may be measured instead of the partition wall (F-1).
  • the material for forming the partition wall (F-1) forming a solid film under the same processing conditions as the formation of the partition wall (F-1) except that the thickness is 10 ⁇ m and no pattern is formed.
  • the reflectance of the film may be similarly measured from the upper surface.
  • a means for making a reflectance into the said range it can obtain by patterning a partition with the above-mentioned preferable manufacturing method, for example using the above-mentioned negative photosensitive coloring composition of this invention. .
  • the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is such that the substrate with the partition wall contains a (G) color conversion luminescent material described later (hereinafter referred to as “layer containing a color conversion luminescent material (G)”). When it has, it is preferable that it is larger than the thickness of the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material.
  • the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less and more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of more efficiently extracting light emitted from the bottom of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material.
  • the width of the partition wall (F-1) is sufficient to improve the luminance by utilizing light reflection on the side wall of the partition wall and to suppress the color mixture of the layer (G) containing the adjacent color conversion luminescent material due to light leakage. Anything is acceptable.
  • the width of the partition wall is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 15 ⁇ m or more.
  • the width of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 40 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of securing a large light emitting region of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light emitting material and further improving the luminance.
  • the surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably 10 ° or more, and preferably 20 ° or more from the viewpoint of improving the ink-jet coating property and facilitating the color conversion light-emitting material. More preferably, it is 40 ° or more.
  • the surface contact angle of the partition (F-1) is preferably 70 ° or less, and more preferably 60 ° or less.
  • the surface contact angle of the partition wall (A-1) conforms to the wettability test method for the surface of the substrate glass defined in JIS R3257 (established date: 1999/04/20) with respect to the upper part of the partition wall. Can be measured.
  • a method for setting the surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) in the above range for example, in the above-described negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, a negative type containing a photopolymerizable compound having a fluorine atom is used.
  • a photosensitive coloring composition can be obtained by patterning a partition wall by the above-mentioned preferable manufacturing method.
  • the optical density per thickness of 1.0 ⁇ m is further 0.1 to 4.0 between the substrate and the partition wall (F-1). It is preferable to have a patterned light-shielding partition (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “light-shielding partition (F-2)”).
  • the light-shielding partition (F-2) is preferably formed in the same pattern shape as the partition (F-1).
  • FIG. 9 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall according to the present invention having a light shielding partition wall.
  • a patterned partition wall 2 and a patterned light shielding partition wall 10 are provided, and a layer 3 containing a color conversion light emitting material is arranged in a region separated by the partition wall 2 and the light shielding partition wall 10.
  • the light shielding partition (F-2) has an optical density of 0.1 to 4.0 per 1.0 ⁇ m thickness.
  • the thickness of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, as will be described later. Therefore, in the present invention, 1.0 ⁇ m is selected as the representative value of the thickness of the partition wall (F-2), and attention is paid to the optical density per 1.0 ⁇ m thickness.
  • the optical density per 1.0 ⁇ m thickness is more preferably 0.5 or more.
  • the pattern processability can be improved.
  • the optical density per 1.0 ⁇ m thickness is more preferably 3.0 or less.
  • the optical density (OD value) of the light-shielding partition wall (F-2) was measured by measuring the intensity of incident light and transmitted light using an optical densitometer (361T (visual); manufactured by X-rite), and the following formula (11) Can be calculated.
  • the light shielding partition (F-2) may have a preferable composition described later.
  • the thickness of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of improving the light shielding property. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving flatness, the thickness of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the width of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably about the same as that of the partition (F-1).
  • the light shielding partition (F-2) preferably contains a resin and a black pigment.
  • the resin has a function of improving crack resistance and light resistance of the partition walls.
  • the black pigment has a function of absorbing incident light and reducing emitted light.
  • the resin examples include epoxy resin, (meth) acrylic polymer, polyurethane, polyester, polyimide, polyolefin, polysiloxane, and the like. Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, polyimide is preferable because of excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance.
  • black pigments include black organic pigments, mixed color organic pigments, and inorganic pigments.
  • black organic pigments include carbon black, perylene black aniline black, and benzofuranone pigments. These may be coated with a resin.
  • the mixed color organic pigment include those obtained by mixing two or more pigments such as red, blue, green, violet, yellow, magenta and / or cyan to be pseudo black.
  • black inorganic pigments include graphite; fine particles of metals such as titanium, copper, iron, manganese, cobalt, chromium, nickel, zinc, calcium, silver; metal oxides; metal composite oxides; metal sulfides; Metal oxynitrides; metal carbides and the like.
  • a method for patterning the light shielding partition (F-2) on the substrate for example, a photosensitive material described in JP-A-2015-1654 is used, and the photosensitive property is the same as that of the partition (F-1) described above.
  • a method of forming a pattern by a paste method is preferred.
  • a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material is formed between the adjacent partition walls (F-1).
  • the layer containing the color conversion light-emitting material has a function of performing color display by converting at least part of the wavelength region of incident light and emitting emitted light in a wavelength region different from the incident light.
  • the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material may be generally called a pixel.
  • FIG. 2 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a patterned partition wall and a layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material.
  • a patterned partition wall 2 is provided, and a layer 3 containing a color conversion luminescent material is arranged in a region separated by the partition wall 2.
  • the color conversion luminescent material preferably contains an inorganic phosphor and / or an organic phosphor.
  • a region corresponding to a red pixel Preferably contains a red phosphor that emits red fluorescence when excited by blue excitation light, and the region corresponding to the green pixel emits green fluorescence when excited by blue excitation light. It is preferable that the fluorescent material is contained, and it is preferable that the region corresponding to the blue pixel does not contain the fluorescent material.
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention can also be used for a display device using a blue micro LED corresponding to each pixel separated by a white partition wall as a backlight.
  • Each pixel can be turned on / off by turning on / off the blue micro LED, and no liquid crystal is required.
  • the inorganic phosphor emits each color such as green and red depending on the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum.
  • the inorganic phosphor include those excited by excitation light having a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm and having a peak in the region of the emission spectrum of 500 to 700 nm, and inorganic semiconductor fine particles called quantum dots.
  • the shape of the former inorganic phosphor include a spherical shape and a columnar shape.
  • Examples of such inorganic phosphors include YAG phosphors, TAG phosphors, sialon phosphors, and Mn 4+ activated fluoride complex phosphors. Two or more of these may be used.
  • quantum dots are preferable. Since the quantum dot has a smaller average particle diameter than other phosphors, the surface of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material can be smoothed and light scattering on the surface can be suppressed. The extraction efficiency can be further improved and the luminance can be further improved.
  • Examples of the material of the quantum dots include II-IV, III-V, IV-VI, and IV group semiconductors.
  • these inorganic semiconductors include Si, Ge, Sn, Se, Te, B, C (including diamond), P, BN, BP, BAs, AlN, AlP, AlAs, AlSb, GaN, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InN, InP, InAs, InSb, ZnO, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, CdS, CdSe, CdSeZn, CdTe, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, BeS, BeSe, BeTe, MgS, MgSe, GeS, GeSe, GeTe Examples thereof include SnSe, SnTe, PbO, PbS, PbSe, PbTe, CuF, CuCl, CuBr, CuI, Si 3 N 4 , Ge 3 N 4 , and Al 2 O 3 .
  • the quantum dot may contain a p-type dopant or an n-type dopant.
  • the quantum dot may have a core-shell structure.
  • any appropriate functional layer may be formed around the shell according to the purpose, and surface treatment and / or chemical modification may be performed on the shell surface. .
  • the shape of the quantum dot examples include a spherical shape, a columnar shape, a flake shape, a plate shape, and an indeterminate shape.
  • the average particle diameter of the quantum dots can be selected according to the desired emission wavelength, and is preferably 1 to 30 nm. If the average particle diameter of the quantum dots is 1 to 10 nm, the peak in the emission spectrum can be made sharper in each of blue, green and red. For example, blue light is emitted when the average particle diameter of the quantum dots is about 2 nm, green light is emitted when it is about 3 nm, and red light is emitted when it is about 6 nm.
  • the average particle size of the quantum dots is preferably 2 nm or more, and preferably 8 nm or less.
  • the average particle diameter of the quantum dots can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method. Examples of the measuring device for the average particle diameter include a dynamic light scattering photometer DLS-8000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the organic phosphor include a pyromethene derivative having a basic skeleton represented by the following structural formula (8), a phosphor that emits red fluorescence when excited by blue excitation light, and a green phosphor that is excited by blue excitation light.
  • Examples of the fluorescent substance that emits fluorescence include a pyromethene derivative having a basic skeleton represented by the following structural formula (9).
  • perylene derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, oxazine derivatives, pyrazine derivatives, and the like that emit red or green fluorescence by selecting a substituent. Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, pyromethene derivatives are preferable because of their high quantum yield.
  • the pyromethene derivative can be obtained, for example, by the method described in JP2011-241160A.
  • a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material having a desired thickness can be easily formed.
  • the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of improving color characteristics.
  • the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is preferably 30 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of thinning the display device and curved surface processability.
  • the size of the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material is generally about 20 to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is preferably arranged separated by a partition wall (F-1).
  • a partition wall (F-1) By providing the partition between the layers (G) containing the adjacent color conversion light-emitting material, diffusion and color mixing of emitted light can be further suppressed.
  • the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material for example, there is a method of filling the space separated by the partition wall (F-1) with the color conversion luminescent material coating liquid containing the color conversion luminescent material.
  • the color conversion light emitting material coating liquid may further contain a resin or a solvent.
  • an inkjet coating method or the like is preferable from the viewpoint of easily applying different types of color conversion luminescent materials to each pixel.
  • the obtained coating film may be dried under reduced pressure and / or heat.
  • the drying temperature under reduced pressure is preferably 80 ° C. or lower in order to prevent the drying solvent from recondensing on the inner wall of the vacuum chamber.
  • the vacuum drying pressure is preferably not higher than the vapor pressure of the solvent contained in the coating film, and preferably 1 to 1000 Pa.
  • the drying time under reduced pressure is preferably 10 to 600 seconds.
  • the heating and drying apparatus include an oven and a hot plate.
  • the heating and drying temperature is preferably 60 to 200 ° C.
  • the heat drying time is preferably 1 to 60 minutes.
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention is further provided on a layer (G) containing a color-converting light-emitting material and (H) a low refractive index layer (hereinafter referred to as “a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm”). It may preferably be described as “low refractive index layer (H)”.
  • a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm It may preferably be described as “low refractive index layer (H)”.
  • FIG. 3 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer.
  • a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color conversion light emitting material are provided, and a low refractive index layer 4 is further provided thereon.
  • the refractive index of the low-refractive index layer (H) is 1. from the viewpoint of allowing light to be efficiently incident on the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material with moderate reflection of light from the backlight. 20 or more is preferable, and 1.23 or more is more preferable.
  • the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 1.35 or less, and more preferably 1.30 or less.
  • the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) is perpendicular to the cured film surface using a prism coupler (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon)) at 20 ° C. under atmospheric pressure. To irradiate light with a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the low refractive index layer (H) preferably contains polysiloxane and silica particles having no hollow structure.
  • Polysiloxane is highly compatible with inorganic particles such as silica particles and functions as a binder capable of forming a transparent layer.
  • silica particles it is possible to efficiently form minute voids in the low refractive index layer (H) to reduce the refractive index, and to easily adjust the refractive index to the above range. Can do.
  • silica particles that do not have a hollow structure as silica particles cracks can be suppressed because there is no hollow structure that is liable to cause cracks during curing shrinkage.
  • the polysiloxane and the silica particles having no hollow structure may be contained independently, or the polysiloxane and the silica particles having no hollow structure are combined. It may be contained. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the low refractive index layer (H), the polysiloxane and the silica particles having no hollow structure are preferably contained in a combined state.
  • the polysiloxane contained in the low refractive index layer (H) preferably contains fluorine.
  • the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) can be easily adjusted to 1.20 to 1.35.
  • the fluorine-containing polysiloxane can be obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation of an alkoxysilane compound including a fluorine-containing alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (10). Further, other alkoxysilane compounds may be used.
  • R 13 represents a fluoroalkyl group having 3 to 17 fluorine atoms.
  • R 7 represents the same group as R 7 in formulas (4) to (6).
  • m represents 1 or 2.
  • 4-m R 7 and m R 13 may be the same or different.
  • fluorine-containing alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (10) examples include trifluoroethyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoroethyltriethoxysilane, trifluoroethyltriisopropoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, and trifluoro.
  • the content of polysiloxane in the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 4% by weight or more from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks.
  • the content of the polysiloxane is 32% by weight or less from the viewpoint of ensuring thixotropy due to the network between silica particles and maintaining a moderate air layer in the low refractive index layer (H) to further reduce the refractive index. preferable.
  • silica particles having no hollow structure in the low refractive index layer (H) examples include “Snowtex” (registered trademark) and “organosilica sol” (registered trademark) series (isopropyl alcohol dispersions) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • Ethylene glycol dispersion Ethylene glycol dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone dispersion, dimethylacetamide dispersion, methyl isobutyl ketone dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methanol dispersion, ethyl acetate dispersion, butyl acetate dispersion, xylene -N-butanol dispersion, toluene dispersion, etc., such as PGM-ST, PMA-ST, IPA-ST, IPA-ST-L, IPA-ST-ZL, IPA-ST-UP). Two or more of these may be contained.
  • the content of silica particles having no hollow structure in the low refractive index layer (H) ensures thixotropy due to the network between the silica particles, and an air layer is appropriately kept in the low refractive index layer (H). From the viewpoint of further reducing the amount, 68% by weight or more is preferable. On the other hand, the content of silica particles having no hollow structure is preferably 96% by weight or less from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks.
  • the thickness of the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of defects by covering the steps of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material. preferable.
  • the thickness of the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less and more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of reducing stress that causes cracks in the low refractive index layer (H).
  • a coating method is preferable because the forming method is easy.
  • a low refractive index resin composition containing polysiloxane and silica particles is applied on a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material, dried and then heated, whereby a low refractive index layer (H ) Can be formed.
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further comprises (I-1) an inorganic protective layer I having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm on the low refractive index layer (H).
  • I-1 an inorganic protective layer I having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm on the low refractive index layer (H).
  • FIG. 4 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer I.
  • a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color conversion luminescent material are provided, and a low refractive index layer 4 and an inorganic protective layer I (5) are further provided in this order.
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further comprises (I-2) an inorganic protective layer II having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm under the low refractive index layer (H).
  • an inorganic protective layer II having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm under the low refractive index layer (H).
  • FIG. 5 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer II.
  • a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color conversion light-emitting material are provided, and an inorganic protective layer II (6) and a low refractive index layer 4 are further provided in this order.
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention is further provided with (J) a color filter having a thickness of 1 to 5 ⁇ m (hereinafter referred to as “color filter (J)”) between the substrate and the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material. It may be preferred to have).
  • the color filter (J) has a function of transmitting visible light in a specific wavelength range to make the transmitted light have a desired hue. By having the color filter (J), the color purity can be improved. By setting the thickness of the color filter (J) to 1 ⁇ m or more, the color purity can be further improved. On the other hand, the brightness of the display device can be further improved by setting the thickness of the color filter (J) to 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • FIG. 6 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a color filter.
  • the substrate 1 has a patterned partition wall 2 and a color filter 7, and the color filter 7 has a layer 3 containing a color conversion luminescent material.
  • the color filter for example, a color filter using a pigment-dispersed material in which a pigment is dispersed in a photoresist used for a flat panel display such as a liquid crystal display can be used. More specifically, a blue color filter that selectively transmits wavelengths of 400 nm to 550 nm, a green color filter that selectively transmits wavelengths of 500 nm to 600 nm, a yellow color filter that selectively transmits wavelengths of 500 nm or more, Examples thereof include a red color filter that selectively transmits a wavelength of 600 nm or more.
  • the color filter may be laminated
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention further comprises (I-3) an inorganic protective layer III having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm between the color filter (J) and the layer (G) containing a color conversion light emitting material. It is preferable to have.
  • an inorganic protective layer III By containing the inorganic protective layer III, it is difficult for the color filter (J) forming material to reach the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material from the color filter (J). The luminance fluctuation of the layer (G) to be performed can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 7 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a color filter and an inorganic protective layer III.
  • a patterned partition wall 2 and a color filter 7 are provided, on which an inorganic protective layer III (8) is provided and separated by a partition wall 2 covered with the inorganic protective layer III (8).
  • a layer 3 containing the arranged and color-converting luminescent material is provided on the substrate 1, a patterned partition wall 2 and a color filter 7 are provided, on which an inorganic protective layer III (8) is provided and separated by a partition wall 2 covered with the inorganic protective layer III (8).
  • a layer 3 containing the arranged and color-converting luminescent material.
  • the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further comprises (I-4) an inorganic protective layer IV having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm on the substrate.
  • the inorganic protective layer IV acts as a refractive index adjusting layer, and can extract light emitted from the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material more efficiently and further improve the luminance of the display device. It is more preferable to have the inorganic protective layer IV between the substrate and the partition wall (F) and the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material.
  • FIG. 8 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having the inorganic protective layer IV.
  • the substrate 1 has the inorganic protective layer IV (9), the partition wall 2 and the color filter 7 patterned thereon, and the patterned partition wall 2 and the color conversion light-emitting material formed thereon.
  • Examples of materials constituting the inorganic protective layers I to IV include metal oxides such as silicon oxide, indium tin oxide, and gallium zinc oxide; metal nitrides such as silicon nitride; fluorides such as magnesium fluoride, and the like. . Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, one or more selected from silicon nitride and silicon oxide is more preferable because of low water vapor permeability and high permeability.
  • the thickness of the inorganic protective layers I to IV is preferably 50 nm or more, and more preferably 100 nm or more, from the viewpoint of sufficiently suppressing permeation of substances such as water vapor.
  • the thickness of the inorganic protective layers I to IV is preferably 800 nm or less, and more preferably 500 nm or less.
  • a polishing apparatus such as a cross section polisher to expose a cross section perpendicular to the substrate, and observe the cross section with a scanning electron microscope or a transmission electron microscope. Can be measured.
  • Examples of the method for forming the inorganic protective layers I to IV include a sputtering method.
  • the display apparatus of this invention has the said board
  • the light source is preferably a light source selected from a liquid crystal cell, an organic EL cell, a mini LED cell, and a micro LED cell.
  • An organic EL cell is more preferable because of its excellent emission characteristics.
  • the manufacturing method of the display device of the present invention will be described with reference to an example of the display device having the substrate with partition walls and the organic EL cell of the present invention.
  • a photosensitive polyimide resin is applied on a glass substrate, and an insulating film is formed by a photolithography method. After aluminum is sputtered as the back electrode layer, patterning is performed by photolithography to form a back electrode layer in the opening having no insulating film.
  • Alq3 tris (8-quinolinolato) aluminum
  • Alq3 tris (8-quinolinolato) aluminum
  • dicyanomethylenepyran, quinacridone, 4,4′-bis (2 , 2-diphenylvinyl) biphenyl is formed to form a white light emitting layer.
  • N, N′-diphenyl-N, N′-bis ( ⁇ -naphthyl) -1,1′-biphenyl-4,4′-diamine is deposited as a hole transport layer by vacuum deposition.
  • ITO is formed as a transparent electrode by sputtering to produce an organic EL cell having a white light emitting layer.
  • the organic EL cell obtained in this way was opposed to the above-mentioned substrate with a partition wall and bonded with a sealant to produce a display device.
  • the touch panel of the present invention has the above-mentioned substrate with a pattern of the present invention, a transparent electrode, a metal wiring, and a transparent film.
  • FIG. 10 shows an example of a cross section of the touch panel of the present invention.
  • the glass substrate 11 has the white light-shielding cured film 12 made of the cured film of the present invention and the transparent electrode 13, and the transparent electrode 13 has the transparent insulating film 14 and the metal wiring 15.
  • an ITO electrode or the like is preferable because it is difficult to be visually recognized.
  • Examples of the material constituting the metal wiring include materials having a low electric resistance value such as copper, MAM (molybdenum / aluminum / molybdenum laminated film), and silver.
  • a transparent insulating film that prevents conduction due to contact between metal wirings is preferable.
  • a negative photosensitive film containing an inorganic film such as silicon oxide or silicon nitride, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator. And a cured film of the transparent conductive resin composition.
  • Examples of the method for manufacturing a touch panel of the present invention include a method of forming a transparent electrode, a transparent insulating film, and a metal wiring on the above-described patterned substrate of the present invention.
  • a method of forming a transparent electrode, a transparent insulating film, and a metal wiring on the above-described patterned substrate of the present invention include a method of forming a transparent electrode, a transparent insulating film, and a metal wiring on the above-described patterned substrate of the present invention.
  • typical manufacturing methods will be described.
  • FIG. 11 shows an example of the touch panel manufacturing method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 a is a top view of the patterned processed substrate of the present invention having the white light-shielding cured film 12 on the glass substrate 1.
  • a transparent electrode 13 is formed on the glass substrate 11. Examples of a method for forming the transparent electrode 13 include a method in which ITO is formed by sputtering, a photoresist is formed, a pattern is formed by etching, and the photoresist is peeled off.
  • FIG. 11 b shows a top view after forming the transparent electrode. Next, the transparent insulating film 14 is formed at a predetermined position.
  • a manufacturing method of a transparent insulating film when the transparent insulating film is an inorganic film, for example, a CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method is exemplified.
  • a CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method is exemplified.
  • the transparent insulating film is a cured film of a negative photosensitive transparent resin composition, for example, a method using a lithography method may be mentioned.
  • FIG. 11c shows a top view after forming the transparent insulating film. Thereafter, the metal wiring 15 is formed.
  • FIG. 11d shows a top view after forming the metal wiring.
  • the solid content concentrations of the siloxane resin solutions in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 and the acrylic resin in Synthesis Example 10 were determined by the following method. 1.5 g of siloxane resin solution or acrylic resin solution was weighed in an aluminum cup and heated at 250 ° C. for 30 minutes using a hot plate to evaporate the liquid. The weight of the solid content remaining in the heated aluminum cup was weighed, and the solid content concentration of the siloxane resin solution or the acrylic resin solution was determined from the ratio to the weight before the heating.
  • the weight average molecular weights of the siloxane resins in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 and the acrylic resin in Synthesis Example 10 were determined by the following method. Using a GPC analyzer (HLC-8220; manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and using tetrahydrofuran as a fluidized bed, GPC analysis was performed based on “JIS K7252-3 (established date: 2008/03/20)” The weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene was measured.
  • the content ratio of each repeating unit in the siloxane resins in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 was determined by the following method.
  • a siloxane resin solution is injected into an “Teflon” (registered trademark) NMR sample tube having a diameter of 10 mm to perform 29 Si-NMR measurement, and Si derived from a specific organosilane with respect to the integrated value of the entire Si derived from organosilane.
  • the content ratio of each repeating unit was calculated from the ratio of the integrated value of.
  • the 29 Si-NMR measurement conditions are shown below.
  • Apparatus Nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (JNM-GX270; manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) Measurement method: Gated decoupling method Measurement nuclear frequency: 53.6669 MHz ( 29 Si nucleus) Spectrum width: 20000Hz Pulse width: 12 ⁇ s (45 ° pulse) Pulse repetition time: 30.0 seconds Solvent: Acetone-d6 Reference substance: Tetramethylsilane Measurement temperature: 23 ° C Sample rotation speed: 0.0 Hz.
  • the flask was immersed in a 70 ° C. oil bath and stirred for 90 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115 ° C. over 30 minutes.
  • the solution temperature (internal temperature) reached 100 ° C., and was then heated and stirred for 2 hours (internal temperature was 100 to 110 ° C.) to obtain a siloxane resin solution.
  • a mixed gas of 95 volume% nitrogen and 5 volume% oxygen was flowed at 0.05 liter / minute.
  • a total of 131.35 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out.
  • siloxane resin (B-1) was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-1) solution.
  • the resulting siloxane resin (B-1) had a weight average molecular weight of 4,000 (polystyrene conversion).
  • siloxane resin (B-2) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,200 (in terms of polystyrene).
  • siloxane resin (B-3) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,500 (polystyrene conversion).
  • siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 130.05 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-4) solution.
  • the resulting siloxane resin (B-4) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,800 (polystyrene conversion).
  • the resulting siloxane resin (B-5) had a weight average molecular weight of 4,100 (in terms of polystyrene). From the 29 Si-NMR measurement results, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3- ( The molar ratios of repeating units derived from 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane were 67.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 5 mol%, respectively.
  • siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 139.50 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-6) solution.
  • the resulting siloxane resin (B-6) had a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 (polystyrene conversion).
  • siloxane resin (B-7) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,900 (polystyrene conversion).
  • siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 136.90 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-8) solution.
  • the resulting siloxane resin (B-8) had a weight average molecular weight of 4,600 (polystyrene conversion).
  • the siloxane resin (B-8) was repeatedly derived from trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride.
  • the molar ratio of the units was 85 mol%, 7.5 mol%, and 7.5 mol%, respectively.
  • siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 136.90 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-9) solution.
  • the resulting siloxane resin (B-9) had a weight average molecular weight of 2,800 (polystyrene conversion).
  • PGMEA was added to the obtained solution so that the solid content concentration was 20% by weight, and 3- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (tert-butyl) was added.
  • a silane coupling agent (G-1) which is a mixed solution of amino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid was obtained.
  • the obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain a white solid of 3,5-bis (4-tert-butylphenyl) benzaldehyde (3.5 g).
  • 3,5-bis (4-t-butylphenyl) benzaldehyde (1.5 g) and 2,4-dimethylpyrrole (0.7 g) were placed in a flask and dehydrated dichloromethane (200 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 The mixture was stirred for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • a dehydrated dichloromethane solution of 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (0.85 g) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour.
  • Synthesis Example 13 Silica Particle-Containing Polysiloxane Solution (LS-1) In a 500 ml three-necked flask, 0.05 g (0.4 mmol) of methyltrimethoxysilane, 0.66 g (3.0 mmol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, and 0.10 g of trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride (0 .4 mmol), 7.97 g (34 mmol) of ⁇ -acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and an isopropyl alcohol dispersion of 15.6 wt% silica particles (IPA-ST-UP: manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 224 .37 g was mixed, and 163.93 g of ethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether was added.
  • IPA-ST-UP manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • the resulting silica particle-containing polysiloxane solution (LS-1) had a solid content concentration of 24.3% by weight, and the contents of polysiloxane and silica particles in the solid content were 15% by weight and 85% by weight, respectively.
  • Polysiloxanes in the resulting silica particle-containing polysiloxane (LS-1) were converted to methyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, and ⁇ -acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane.
  • the molar ratio of the derived repeating units was 1.0 mol%, 8.0 mol%, 1.0 mol%, and 90.0 mol%, respectively.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition P-1) 4.
  • A Titanium dioxide pigment (R-960; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 5.00 g as a white pigment, and
  • siloxane resin B-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1 as a siloxane resin. Dispersion was carried out using a mill type disperser filled with zirconia beads mixed with 00 g to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-1).
  • Negative photosensitive coloring compositions (P-2) to (P-4) A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P) was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that the siloxane resins (B-2) to (B-4) were used instead of the siloxane resin (B-1) solution. -2) to (P-4) were obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-5) instead of 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of a photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound (“Megafac” (registered trademark) RS-76-E), pentaerythritol acrylate (“light acrylate” (registered trademark) PE-3A)
  • the negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-5) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 except that 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluent was used.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-6) Instead of 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of a photoreactive fluorine-containing compound (“Megafac” (registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation), 2,2,2- The same procedure as in Preparation Example 1, except that 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of trifluoroethyl acrylate (“Biscoat” (registered trademark) -3F (trade name), manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used. A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-6) was obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-7) Negative-type photosensitivity was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 except that a titanium dioxide pigment (CR-97; manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) was used instead of the titanium dioxide pigment (R-960; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.). Sex coloring composition (P-7) was obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-8) Instead of 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (“Irgacure” -127), “Irgacure” (registered trademark) -MBF (trade name), BASF Japan ( Except for using 0.100 g), a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-8) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring compositions (P-9) to (P-13) A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-) was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that the siloxane resins (B-5) to (B-9) were used instead of the siloxane resin (B-1) solution. 9) to (P-13) were obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-14) A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-14) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that the acrylic resin (b) solution was used instead of the resin (B-1) solution.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-15) 8.00 g of pigment dispersion (MW-1), 1.615 g of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2- Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (“Irgacure” (registered trademark) OXE-02 (trade name) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.
  • DPH liquid repellent compound
  • a photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound (“Megafac” (registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation (hereinafter “RS-76-E”) )
  • RS-76-E photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound
  • PGMEA a photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound
  • PGMEA a photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound
  • IRGANOX1010 acrylic surfactant
  • BY (Registered trademark) 352 (trade name), manufactured by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.
  • PGMEA 10 wt% diluted solution 0.100 g (corresponding to a concentration of 500 ppm) is dissolved in a mixed solvent of DAA 1.200 g and PGMEA 7.281 g, Stir. Next, the mixture was filtered through a 5.0 ⁇ m filter to obtain a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-15).
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-16) A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-16) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, except that the polysiloxane (B-5) solution was used instead of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-17) Negative type as in Preparation Example 15 except that the amount of RS-76-E 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution was changed to 0.01 g and the amount of polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 1.705 g. A photosensitive colored composition (P-17) was obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-18) Negative photosensitive coloring similar to Preparation Example 15 except that 0.100 g of 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of RS-76-E was not added and the amount of polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 1.715 g. A composition (P-18) was obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-19) The amount of addition of pigment dispersion (MW-1) was changed to 4.00 g, the amount of addition of polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 8.615 g, and a mixed solvent of 1.200 g DAA and 1.881 g PGMEA was used. In the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-19) was obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-20) The addition amount of the pigment dispersion (MW-1) was changed to 3.20 g, the addition amount of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 10.15 g, and a mixed solvent of 1.200 g DAA and 3.681 g PGMEA was used. In the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-20) was obtained.
  • Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-21) The addition amount of the pigment dispersion (MW-1) was changed to 1.60 g, the addition amount of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 12.815 g, and a mixed solvent of 1.200 g DAA and 2.481 g PGMEA was used. In the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-21) was obtained.
  • compositions of Preparation Examples 1 to 21 are summarized in Table 3, Table 4, and Table 5.
  • Color Conversion Luminescent Material Composition 20 parts by weight of a 0.5 wt% toluene solution of a green quantum dot material (Lumidot 640 CdSe / ZnS, average particle size 6.3 nm: manufactured by Aldrich), 45 parts by weight of DPHA, “Irgacure” (registered trademark) 907 ( 5 parts by weight of BASF Japan Co., Ltd.), 166 parts by weight of 30% by weight PGMEA solution of acrylic resin (SPCR-18 (trade name), Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) and 97 parts by weight of toluene are mixed and stirred. And dissolved uniformly.
  • a green quantum dot material Limidot 640 CdSe / ZnS, average particle size 6.3 nm: manufactured by Aldrich
  • DPHA green quantum dot material
  • Irgacure registered trademark
  • a color conversion luminescent material composition (CL-1) was prepared by filtration through a 0.45 ⁇ m syringe filter.
  • Preparation Example 23 Color Conversion luminescent Material Composition (CL-2) In the same manner as in Preparation Example 22, except that 0.4 part by weight of the green phosphor G-1 obtained in Synthesis Example 12 was used instead of the green quantum dot material, and the amount of toluene added was changed to 117 parts by weight.
  • a converted luminescent material composition (CL-2) was prepared.
  • Color filter forming material C. I. 90 g of CI Pigment Green 59, C.I. I. 60 g of Pigment Yellow 150, 75 g of a polymeric dispersant (“BYK” (registered trademark) -6919 (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie), and binder resin (“ADEKA ARKLES” (registered trademark) WR301 (trade name) (stock) ) 100 g of ADEKA) and 675 g of PGMEA were mixed to prepare a slurry.
  • a polymeric dispersant (“BYK” (registered trademark) -6919 (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie)
  • binder resin (“ADEKA ARKLES” (registered trademark) WR301 (trade name) (stock)
  • the beaker containing the slurry was connected with a dyno mill and a tube, and zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were used as media, and dispersion treatment was performed for 8 hours at a peripheral speed of 14 m / s. Was made.
  • Pigment Green 59 dispersion (GD-1) 56.54 g, acrylic resin ("Cyclomer” (registered trademark) P (ACA) Z250 (trade name) manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "P (ACA) Z250”) )) 3.14 g, DPHA 2.64 g, photopolymerization initiator (“Optomer” (registered trademark) NCI-831 (trade name) manufactured by ADEKA Corporation (hereinafter “NCI-831”)) 0.330 g, 0.04 g of a surfactant (BYK "(registered trademark) -333 (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie), 0.01 g of BHT as a polymerization inhibitor, and 37.30 g of PGMEA as a solvent were added, and a color filter forming material ( CF-1) was produced.
  • a surfactant BYK "(registered trademark) -333 (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie
  • Preparation Example 25 Resin Composition for Light-shielding Partition Carbon Black (MA100 (trade name) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 150 g, 75 g of polymer dispersant BYK (registered trademark) -6919, 100 g of P (ACA) Z250, PGMEA A slurry was prepared by mixing 675 g. Connect the beaker containing the slurry with a dyno mill and a tube, and use a zirconia bead with a diameter of 0.5 mm as the media to perform a dispersion treatment for 8 hours at a peripheral speed of 14 m / s to prepare a pigment dispersion (MB-1). did.
  • MA100 Light-shielding Partition Carbon Black
  • 0.01 g of tertiary butyl catechol and 37.30 g of PGMEA were added to prepare a resin composition for a light shielding partition.
  • Preparation Example 26 Low Refractive Index Layer-Forming Material 5.350 g of the silica particle-containing polysiloxane solution (LS-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 13 was mixed with 1.170 g of ethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether and 3.48 g of DAA. Then, it filtered with a 0.45 micrometer syringe filter, and prepared the low refractive index layer forming material.
  • the refractive index of the siloxane resin or acrylic resin used in each example and comparative example was determined by the following method.
  • the siloxane resin solution in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 or the acrylic resin solution in Synthesis Example 10 was applied with a spinner and dried on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. Thereafter, using an oven (IHPS-222; manufactured by Espec Corp.), the film was cured in air at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a cured film.
  • a parallel light mask aligner (trade name: PLA-501F, manufactured by Canon Inc.) and an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp as a light source, lines of each width of 100 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m and 30 ⁇ m And it exposed with the gap of 100 micrometers with the exposure amount of 150 mJ / cm ⁇ 2 > (i line) through the mask which has a space pattern.
  • AD-2000 automatic developing device
  • shower development is performed for 100 seconds using a 0.045 wt% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, and then water is used for 30 seconds. Rinse for 2 seconds.
  • the developed pattern was enlarged and observed, and the narrowest line width among the patterns in which no residue was observed in the unexposed area was defined as the resolution. However, if there is a residue even in an unexposed portion near the pattern having a width of 100 ⁇ m, “> 100 ⁇ m” was set.
  • ⁇ Visual reflectance> Using a spin coater (trade name 1H-360S, manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was cured on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate. The film was spin-coated so as to have a film thickness of 10 ⁇ m, and prebaked at a temperature of 90 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate (SCW-636) to form a prebaked film. The prepared pre-baked film was exposed, developed and rinsed in the same manner as in the above-described ⁇ Resolution> evaluation method except that no mask was interposed. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corp.), curing was performed in air at a temperature of 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a cured film.
  • an oven trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corp.
  • the reflection chromaticity of the cured film was measured from the glass substrate side using a spectrocolorimeter (trade name CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.), and the CIE Y value (Evaluation of luminous reflectance)
  • CM-2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.
  • CIE Y value Evaluation of luminous reflectance
  • the reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured in the SCI mode from the solid film side using a spectrocolorimeter (trade name CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.).
  • CM-2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.
  • the produced cured film was visually observed to evaluate the occurrence of cracks. When even one crack was confirmed, it was judged that there was no crack resistance at that film thickness. For example, when there was no crack at a film thickness of 15 ⁇ m and there was a crack at a film thickness of 20 ⁇ m, the crack-resistant film thickness was determined as “ ⁇ 15 ⁇ m”. Further, the crack-resistant film thickness when there is no crack even at 20 ⁇ m was determined as “ ⁇ 20 ⁇ m”, and the crack-resistant film thickness when there was a crack even when 5 ⁇ m was determined as “ ⁇ 5 ⁇ m”, respectively.
  • the cured film with no cracks was further subjected to additional curing in air at a temperature of 240 ° C. for 2 hours using an oven (IHPS-222), and the presence or absence of cracks was similarly evaluated. Later resistance to cracking.
  • ⁇ Heat resistance-2 color change> Using a spin coater (1H-360S; manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was applied to a 10 cm square non-alkali glass substrate after curing. The coating was applied so that the thickness was 10 ⁇ m, and a cured film was produced in the same manner as in the above-described evaluation method of ⁇ Heat resistance-1 Crack resistance>. However, when cracks occurred in the cured film, the remaining evaluation was not performed.
  • the reflection chromaticity of the cured film was measured from the glass substrate side using a spectrocolorimeter (trade name CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.), and CIE1976. (L *, a *, b *) The yellowness was evaluated based on the value of b * when displayed in the color space, and the color characteristics before additional curing were used. A C light source was used as the light source.
  • X1, X2, and X3 are as follows.
  • L * (0), a * (0), and b * (0) respectively indicate the values of L *, a *, and b * before additional curing
  • b * (1) indicate the values of L *, a *, and b * after additional curing, respectively.
  • ⁇ OD value> As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with a partition wall obtained in each example and comparative example, a solid film was formed on a glass substrate in the same manner as the above-described evaluation method of ⁇ reflectance>. About the glass substrate which has the obtained solid film, the intensity
  • strength of incident light and transmitted light was measured using the optical densitometer (361T (visual); X-rite company make), and optical density ( OD value) was calculated. OD value log 10 (I 0 / I) Expression (10) I 0 : Incident light intensity I: Transmitted light intensity.
  • ⁇ Surface contact angle> As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with a partition wall obtained in each example and comparative example, a solid film was formed on a glass substrate in the same manner as the above-described evaluation method of ⁇ reflectance>.
  • DM-700 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.
  • the surface contact angle with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was measured in accordance with a wettability test method for the surface of a substrate glass specified in JIS R3257 (Established date: 1999/04/20).
  • PGMEA is used as an ink for the pixel portion surrounded by the grid-like barrier ribs.
  • Inkjet coating was performed using an inkjet coating apparatus (InkjetLab, manufactured by Cluster Technology Co., Ltd.). 160 pL of PGMEA was applied per grid pattern, and the presence or absence of breakage (a phenomenon in which ink crosses the partition wall and enters the adjacent pixel portion) was observed, and the inkjet coating property was evaluated according to the following criteria. The liquid repellency is so high that it does not break, indicating that the ink jet coating property is excellent.
  • the thickness of the structure before and behind formation of the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material was measured using the surfcom stylus type film thickness measuring device, By calculating the difference, the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material was measured.
  • the thickness of the low refractive index layer (H) is further set.
  • the thickness of the color filter is set.
  • the thickness (height) of the light shielding partition is set. It measured similarly.
  • Example 21 to 22 and 24 to 25 a cross section perpendicular to the substrate was exposed using a polishing apparatus such as a cross section polisher, and the cross section was enlarged and observed with a scanning electron microscope or a transmission electron microscope. As a result, the thickness of each of the inorganic protective layers I to IV was measured.
  • a planar light emitting device equipped with a commercially available LED backlight (peak wavelength: 465 nm) as a light source
  • a substrate with a partition wall obtained by each Example and Comparative Example so that the layer containing the color conversion light emitting material is on the light source side It installed on the planar light-emitting device.
  • a current of 30 mA is passed through the planar light emitting device to turn on the LED element, and using a spectral radiance meter (CS-1000, manufactured by Konica Minolta), luminance (unit: cd / m 2 ) based on the CIE1931 standard is obtained. Measurement was made as the initial luminance.
  • CS-1000 spectral radiance meter
  • the luminance was measured in the same manner, and the change with time of the luminance was evaluated. However, the evaluation of the luminance was performed by a relative value with the initial luminance of Comparative Example 9 as 100.
  • Color standard BT That can reproduce almost natural colors.
  • the color gamut defined by 2020 is defined with the three primary colors red, green, and blue on the spectral locus shown in the chromaticity diagram, and the wavelengths of red, green, and blue correspond to 630 nm, 532 nm, and 467 nm, respectively.
  • R reflectance
  • the emission color of the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material was evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • B 0.55> R 530 / (R 630 + R 530 + R 470 ).
  • ⁇ Display characteristics> The display characteristics of the display device produced by combining the substrate with partition walls obtained in each Example and Comparative Example and the organic EL element were evaluated based on the following criteria.
  • Substrate 2 Partition wall 3: Layer containing color conversion light emitting material 4: Low refractive index layer 5: Inorganic protective layer I 6: Inorganic protective layer II 7: Color filter 8: Inorganic protective layer III 9: Inorganic protective layer IV 10: light shielding partition X: partition thickness L: partition width a: top view of patterned substrate of the present invention b: top view after forming transparent electrode c: top view after forming transparent insulating film d: metal wiring formation Rear view 11: Glass substrate 12: White light-blocking cured film 13: Transparent electrode 14: Transparent insulating film 15: Metal wiring

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a negative photosensitive coloring composition comprising: (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent, wherein the (B) siloxane resin comprises, at least, a repeating unit expressed by general formula (1) and/or a repeating unit expressed by general formula (2), and a repeating unit expressed by general formula (3), and the sum of the repeating unit expressed by general formula (1) and the repeating unit expressed by general formula (2) is 40-80 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the (B) siloxane resin. In general formulae (1)-(3), R1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or an arylalkyl group having 1-10 carbon atoms in which hydrogen is partially or entirely substituted with fluorine; R2 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH2-CO, -CO- or –O-CO-; R3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1-20 carbon atoms; and the R4s may be same or different, each representing a monovalent organic group having 1-20 carbon atoms. By using this negative photosensitive coloring composition, a cured film can be formed which exhibits high resolution and has high reflectivity and high heat-resistance even when the film is thick.

Description

ネガ型感光性着色組成物、硬化膜、それを用いたタッチパネルNegative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using the same

 本発明は、ネガ型感光性着色組成物、硬化膜とその製造方法およびそれを用いたタッチパネルに関する。 The present invention relates to a negative photosensitive coloring composition, a cured film, a production method thereof, and a touch panel using the same.

 近年、スマートフォンやタブレットPC等、投影型静電容量式タッチパネルを用いたモバイル機器が急速に普及しつつある。投影型静電容量式タッチパネルは、画面領域にITO(Indium Tin Oxide)膜のパターンを有し、その周辺部にさらにモリブデン等の金属配線部を有することが一般的である。そして意匠性の観点から、このような金属配線部を隠すために、投影型静電容量式タッチパネルのカバーガラスの内側に、黒色や白色等の遮光パターンを有することが多い。タッチパネル搭載端末の多様化とともに、より高精細な遮光パターンが要求されており、そのような遮光パターンを形成するための方法として、従来の印刷法式に替えて、より高解像度の加工が可能なリソグラフィー法が主流となりつつある(例えば、特許文献1参照)。また、白色遮光パターンについては、一般的に白色顔料の遮光性が低いため、厚膜加工が求められている。 In recent years, mobile devices using a projected capacitive touch panel such as smartphones and tablet PCs are rapidly spreading. In general, the projected capacitive touch panel has an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) film pattern in the screen area, and further has a metal wiring portion such as molybdenum around the periphery thereof. From the viewpoint of design, in order to conceal such a metal wiring part, a black or white light-shielding pattern is often provided inside the cover glass of the projected capacitive touch panel. With the diversification of touch panel-equipped terminals, higher-definition light-shielding patterns are required, and as a method for forming such light-shielding patterns, lithography capable of processing with higher resolution is possible instead of the conventional printing method. The law is becoming mainstream (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In addition, with regard to the white light-shielding pattern, since the light-shielding property of the white pigment is generally low, thick film processing is required.

 タッチパネルの方式は、カバーガラスと液晶パネルとの間にタッチパネル層を形成するOut-cellタイプ、液晶パネル上にタッチパネル層を形成するOn-cellタイプ、液晶パネルの内部にタッチパネル層を形成するIn-cellタイプ、カバーガラスにタッチパネル層を直接形成するOGS(One Glass Solution)タイプに大別される。近年、従来よりも薄型化および軽量化が可能であることから、OGSタイプのタッチパネルの開発が盛んに行われている。 The touch panel system is an out-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed between a cover glass and a liquid crystal panel, an on-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed on the liquid crystal panel, and an in-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed inside the liquid crystal panel. Cell type and OGS (One Glass Solution) type that directly forms the touch panel layer on the cover glass. In recent years, OGS type touch panels have been actively developed because they can be made thinner and lighter than conventional ones.

 OGSタイプのタッチパネルの製造方法においては、ITO製膜等の高温処理が必要とされるため、遮光パターンの材料としては、高温処理において、クラックおよび色変化が少ない、耐熱性の高い材料が求められている。そこで、白色顔料、特定構造のポリシロキサン、多官能アクリルモノマ、光ラジカル重合開始剤、並びに、有機溶媒を含有する、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(例えば、特許文献2参照)や、白色顔料、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、多官能モノマーおよび光重合開始剤を含有する、タッチパネル用ネガ型感光性白色組成物(例えば、特許文献3参照)が提案されている。 Since the OGS type touch panel manufacturing method requires high-temperature processing such as ITO film formation, a light-shielding pattern material is required to have a high heat resistance with few cracks and color change in the high-temperature processing. ing. Accordingly, a negative photosensitive coloring composition (for example, see Patent Document 2) containing a white pigment, a polysiloxane having a specific structure, a polyfunctional acrylic monomer, a photo radical polymerization initiator, and an organic solvent, a white pigment, A negative photosensitive white composition for touch panel (for example, see Patent Document 3) containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator has been proposed.

 また、白色顔料を含有する、感光性白色組成物は、高精細かつ高反射な隔壁パターンをリソグラフィー法で基板上に簡便に形成できることから、発光体の光取り出し効率を向上させる手法として、表示装置の輝度向上技術への適用が、検討されている。 In addition, a photosensitive white composition containing a white pigment can easily form a high-definition and highly reflective partition wall pattern on a substrate by a lithography method. Therefore, as a technique for improving the light extraction efficiency of a light emitter, a display device Application to brightness enhancement technology is under consideration.

特開2012-242928号公報JP 2012-242928 A 国際公開第2014/126013号International Publication No. 2014/126013 国際公開第2015/12228号International Publication No. 2015/12228

 しかしながら、特許文献2に記載されている組成物は、ポリシロキサンの屈折率が高く、白色顔料との屈折率差が小さいことから、ポリシロキサンと白色顔料の界面における反射が不十分であり、白色遮光パターンの反射率が不十分であった。一方、特許文献3に記載の組成物により、白色遮光パターンの反射率は向上するものの、さらなる向上が求められていた。また、膜厚が厚い場合には、高温処理によりクラックが発生しやすく、耐熱性が不十分である課題があった。 However, since the composition described in Patent Document 2 has a high refractive index of polysiloxane and a small difference in refractive index from the white pigment, reflection at the interface between the polysiloxane and the white pigment is insufficient. The reflectance of the light shielding pattern was insufficient. On the other hand, although the reflectance of the white light-shielding pattern is improved by the composition described in Patent Document 3, further improvement has been demanded. Moreover, when the film thickness is large, cracks are likely to occur due to high-temperature treatment, and there is a problem that heat resistance is insufficient.

 そこで、本発明では、厚膜であっても、高解像度で、反射率が高く、耐熱性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができるネガ型感光性着色組成物を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a negative photosensitive coloring composition capable of forming a cured film having high resolution, high reflectance, and excellent heat resistance even if it is a thick film. .

 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決するため、白色顔料を含有するネガ型感光性着色組成物において、シロキサン樹脂の構造に着目し、鋭意検討した。その結果、フッ素を含有するアルコキシシラン化合物由来の構造単位と、2官能アルコキシシラン化合物由来の構造単位を組み合わせたシロキサン樹脂を含有することにより、上記課題を解決できることを見出した。すなわち、本発明は、以下の構成を有する。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present invention have made extensive studies by paying attention to the structure of a siloxane resin in a negative photosensitive coloring composition containing a white pigment. As a result, it has been found that the above problem can be solved by including a siloxane resin in which a structural unit derived from an alkoxysilane compound containing fluorine and a structural unit derived from a bifunctional alkoxysilane compound are contained. That is, the present invention has the following configuration.

 (A)白色顔料、(B)シロキサン樹脂、(C)光重合開始剤、(D)光重合性化合物および(E)有機溶媒を含有するネガ型感光性着色組成物であって、前記(B)シロキサン樹脂が、少なくとも下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および/または下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位と、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位とを含み、前記(B)シロキサン樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を合計40~80モル%含有するネガ型感光性着色組成物。 A negative photosensitive coloring composition containing (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent, ) The siloxane resin includes at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and / or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3). Negative photosensitive material containing a total of 40 to 80 mol% of the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) in all the repeating units of the (B) siloxane resin. Coloring composition.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 上記一般式(1)~(3)中、Rは、水素の全部または一部がフッ素で置換された炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基またはアリールアルキル基を表す。Rは、単結合、-O-、-CH-CO-、-CO-または-O-CO-を表す。Rは、炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表す。Rは、それぞれ同じでも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表す。 In the general formulas (1) to (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or arylalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine. R 2 represents a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —CO—, —CO— or —O—CO—. R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 4 may be the same or different and represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物によれば、反射率が高く、高解像度で耐熱性に優れた厚膜の硬化膜を形成することができる。 According to the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, a thick cured film having high reflectivity, high resolution and excellent heat resistance can be formed.

パターン形成された隔壁を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has a patterned partition. パターン形成された隔壁と色変換発光材料を含有する層を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has the layer containing the patterned partition and the color conversion light emitting material. 低屈折率層を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has a low-refractive-index layer. 低屈折率層および無機保護層Iを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has a low-refractive-index layer and the inorganic protective layer I. 低屈折率層および無機保護層IIを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has a low-refractive-index layer and the inorganic protective layer II. カラーフィルターを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has a color filter. カラーフィルターおよび無機保護層IIIを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has a color filter and the inorganic protective layer III. 無機保護層IVを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has the inorganic protective layer IV. 遮光隔壁を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the one aspect | mode of the board | substrate with a partition of this invention which has a light-shielding partition. 本発明のタッチパネルの断面の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the cross section of the touchscreen of this invention. 本発明のタッチパネルの製造方法の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the manufacturing method of the touchscreen of this invention.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物は、(A)白色顔料、(B)シロキサン樹脂、(C)光重合開始剤、(D)光重合性化合物および(E)有機溶媒を含有する。 The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent.

 (A)白色顔料
 (A)白色顔料を含有することにより、得られる硬化膜の反射率を向上させることができる。
(A) White pigment (A) By containing a white pigment, the reflectance of the cured film obtained can be improved.

 (A)白色顔料としては、例えば、二酸化チタン、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化亜鉛、硫酸バリウムおよびこれらの複合化合物から選ばれた化合物が挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。これらの中でも、反射率が高く工業的利用が容易な二酸化チタンが好ましい。 (A) The white pigment includes, for example, a compound selected from titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate and a composite compound thereof. Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, titanium dioxide is preferable because of its high reflectance and easy industrial use.

 二酸化チタンの結晶構造は、アナターゼ型、ルチル型、ブルッカイト型に分類される。これらの中でも、光触媒活性が低いことから、ルチル型酸化チタンが好ましい。 The crystal structure of titanium dioxide is classified into anatase type, rutile type and brookite type. Among these, rutile type titanium oxide is preferable because of its low photocatalytic activity.

 (A)白色顔料には、表面処理が施されていてもよい。Al、Siおよび/またはZrによる表面処理が好ましく、ネガ型感光性着色組成物中における(A)白色顔料の分散性を向上させ、硬化膜の耐光性および耐熱性をより向上させることができる。 (A) The white pigment may be subjected to a surface treatment. Surface treatment with Al, Si and / or Zr is preferable, and the dispersibility of the (A) white pigment in the negative photosensitive coloring composition can be improved, and the light resistance and heat resistance of the cured film can be further improved.

 (A)白色顔料のメジアン径は、反射率をより向上させる観点から、100~500nmが好ましく、170~310nmがより好ましい。ここで、メジアン径とは、レーザー回折法により測定された粒度分布から算出される(A)白色顔料の平均一次粒子径のことを言う。 (A) The median diameter of the white pigment is preferably from 100 to 500 nm, more preferably from 170 to 310 nm, from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance. Here, the median diameter means the average primary particle diameter of the white pigment (A) calculated from the particle size distribution measured by the laser diffraction method.

 (A)白色顔料として好ましく用いられる二酸化チタン顔料としては、例えば、R960;デュポン(株)製(ルチル型、SiO/Al処理、メジアン径210nm)、CR-97;石原産業(株)製(ルチル型、Al/ZrO処理、メジアン径250nm)、JR-301;テイカ(株)製(ルチル型、Al処理、メジアン径300nm)、JR-405;テイカ(株)製(ルチル型、Al処理、メジアン径210nm)、JR-600A;テイカ(株)(ルチル型、Al処理、メジアン径250nm)、JR-603;テイカ(株)(ルチル型、Al/ZrO処理、メジアン径280nm)等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 (A) Titanium dioxide pigments preferably used as white pigments include, for example, R960; manufactured by DuPont (rutile type, SiO 2 / Al 2 O 3 treatment, median diameter 210 nm), CR-97; Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. ) (Rutile type, Al 2 O 3 / ZrO 2 treatment, median diameter 250 nm), JR-301; manufactured by Teika Co., Ltd. (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, median diameter 300 nm), JR-405; Co., Ltd. (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, median diameter 210 nm), JR-600A; Teika Corporation (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, median diameter 250 nm), JR-603; Teika Corporation ( Rutile type, Al 2 O 3 / ZrO 2 treatment, median diameter 280 nm) and the like. Two or more of these may be contained.

 (A)白色顔料の波長587.5nmにおける屈折率は、2.00~2.70が好ましい。(A)白色顔料の屈折率を2.00以上とすることにより、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との界面反射を増大させ、反射率をより向上させることができる。(A)白色顔料の屈折率は、2.40以上がより好ましい。一方、(A)白色顔料の屈折率を2.70以下とすることにより、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との過剰な界面反射を抑制し、解像度をより向上させることができる。ここで、(A)白色顔料の屈折率は、JIS K7142-2014(制定年月日:2014/04/20)に規定された、ベッケ法を用いて測定することができる。測定波長は、標準的な587.5nmとする。(A)白色顔料を2種以上含有する場合は、少なくとも1種の屈折率が上記範囲にあることが好ましい。 (A) The refractive index of the white pigment at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 2.00 to 2.70. (A) By making the refractive index of a white pigment more than 2.00, the interface reflection of (A) white pigment and (B) siloxane resin can be increased, and a reflectance can be improved more. (A) The refractive index of the white pigment is more preferably 2.40 or more. On the other hand, by setting the refractive index of the (A) white pigment to 2.70 or less, excessive interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be suppressed, and the resolution can be further improved. Here, the refractive index of the (A) white pigment can be measured using the Becke method defined in JIS K7142-2014 (established date: 2014/04/20). The measurement wavelength is a standard 587.5 nm. (A) When containing 2 or more types of white pigments, it is preferable that at least 1 type of refractive index exists in the said range.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物における(A)白色顔料の含有量は、反射率をより向上させる観点から、固形分中、20重量%以上が好ましく、40重量%以上がより好ましく、45重量%以上がさらに好ましい。一方、(A)白色顔料の含有量は、現像残渣を抑制してより高解像度のパターンを形成する観点から、固形分中、65重量%以下が好ましく、60重量%以下がさらに好ましい。ここでいう固形分とは、ネガ型感光性着色組成物に含まれる成分のうち、溶媒等の揮発性の成分を除いた全成分のことを意味する。固形分の量は、ネガ型感光性着色組成物を、170℃で30分間加熱して揮発性の成分を蒸発させた残分を計ることにより求めることができる。 The content of the white pigment (A) in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more in the solid content, from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance. More preferably by weight. On the other hand, the content of the (A) white pigment is preferably 65% by weight or less, and more preferably 60% by weight or less in the solid content from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue and forming a higher resolution pattern. Solid content here means all the components except volatile components, such as a solvent, among the components contained in a negative photosensitive coloring composition. The amount of solid content can be determined by heating the negative photosensitive coloring composition at 170 ° C. for 30 minutes and measuring the residue obtained by evaporating volatile components.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物は、(A)白色顔料とともに顔料分散剤を含有してもよく、ネガ型感光性着色組成物における(A)白色顔料の分散性を向上させることができる。顔料分散剤は、用いる白色顔料の種類、表面状態によって適宜選択することができる。顔料分散剤は、酸性基および/または塩基性基を含有することが好ましい。市販の顔料分散剤としては、例えば、“Disperbyk”(登録商標)106、108、110、180、190、2001、2155、140、145(以上、商品名、ビックケミー(株)製)などが挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may contain a pigment dispersant together with (A) the white pigment, and can improve the dispersibility of the (A) white pigment in the negative photosensitive coloring composition. . The pigment dispersant can be appropriately selected depending on the type of white pigment used and the surface state. The pigment dispersant preferably contains an acidic group and / or a basic group. Examples of commercially available pigment dispersants include “Disperbyk” (registered trademark) 106, 108, 110, 180, 190, 2001, 1155, 140, and 145 (above, trade names, manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.). . Two or more of these may be contained.

 (B)シロキサン樹脂
 前述の特定構造を有する(B)シロキサン樹脂を含有することにより、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との屈折率差を拡大して、得られる硬化膜の反射率をさらに向上させることができる。また、前述の特定構造を有する(B)シロキサン樹脂は耐熱性に優れ、硬化膜の色変化やクラックを抑制することができる。さらに、高解像度のパターンを形成することができる。
(B) Siloxane resin By containing the (B) siloxane resin having the specific structure described above, the refractive index difference between the (A) white pigment and the (B) siloxane resin is expanded, and the resulting cured film has a reflectivity. Can be further improved. Moreover, the (B) siloxane resin having the specific structure described above is excellent in heat resistance and can suppress color change and cracks in the cured film. Furthermore, a high resolution pattern can be formed.

 (B)シロキサン樹脂は、オルガノシランの加水分解・脱水縮合物である。本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物においては、少なくとも下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および/または下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位と、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む。さらに他の繰り返し単位を含んでもよい。 (B) Siloxane resin is a hydrolyzed / dehydrated condensate of organosilane. In the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, at least the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and / or the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and the following general formula (3): And the represented repeating unit. Furthermore, other repeating units may be included.

 一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、フッ素を含むことを特徴とする。これらの繰り返し単位を含むことにより、(B)シロキサン樹脂の屈折率が小さくなることから、(A)白色顔料との屈折率差が拡大し、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との界面における光反射により硬化膜の反射率を向上させることができる。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) are characterized by containing fluorine. By including these repeating units, since the refractive index of (B) siloxane resin is reduced, the difference in refractive index from (A) white pigment is increased, and (A) between the white pigment and (B) siloxane resin. The reflectance of the cured film can be improved by light reflection at the interface.

 さらに、一般式(3)で表される2官能アルコキシシラン化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含むことにより、熱処理における(B)シロキサン樹脂の過剰な熱重合(縮合)を抑制し、耐熱性を向上させることができる。これにより、熱処理における硬化膜のクラックや色変化を抑制することができる。 Furthermore, by including the repeating unit derived from the bifunctional alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (3), the excessive thermal polymerization (condensation) of the (B) siloxane resin in the heat treatment is suppressed, and the heat resistance is improved. Can do. Thereby, the crack and color change of the cured film in heat processing can be suppressed.

 本発明においては、(B)シロキサン樹脂が一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を合計40~80モル%含有することを特徴とする。一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)の合計含有量が40モル%未満であると、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との界面反射が不十分となり、反射率が低下する。一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)の合計含有量は、50モル%以上が好ましい。一方、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)の合計含有量が80モル%を超えると、(B)シロキサン樹脂の疎水化により組成物中の他の成分との相溶性が低下することから、解像度が低下する。一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)の合計含有量は、70モル%以下が好ましい。また、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は50モル%以下が好ましい。一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量が過剰な場合、硬化膜の架橋が不十分となり、膜特性が低下する。一方で、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は10モル%以上が、好ましい。一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量が10モル%未満であると、硬化膜の架橋が過剰に形成されるため、クラック耐性が低下する。また、一般式(1)~(3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有量は、10~50モル%が好ましい。 In the present invention, the (B) siloxane resin contains a total of 40 to 80 mol% of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2). When the total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) is less than 40 mol%, the interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and the (B) siloxane resin becomes insufficient, Reflectivity decreases. The total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) is preferably 50 mol% or more. On the other hand, when the total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) exceeds 80 mol%, (B) the phase with other components in the composition due to the hydrophobization of the siloxane resin. Since the solubility decreases, the resolution decreases. The total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) is preferably 70 mol% or less. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 50 mol% or less. When the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is excessive, the cured film is not sufficiently crosslinked and the film characteristics are deteriorated. On the other hand, the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 10 mol% or more. Since content of the repeating unit represented by General formula (3) is less than 10 mol%, since bridge | crosslinking of a cured film is formed excessively, crack tolerance falls. In addition, when a repeating unit other than the repeating units represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) is included, the content is preferably 10 to 50 mol%.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 上記一般式(1)~(3)中、Rは、水素の全部または一部がフッ素で置換された、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基またはアリールアルキル基を表す。Rは、単結合、-O-、-CH-CO-、-CO-または-O-CO-を表す。Rは、炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表す。Rは、それぞれ同じでも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表す。Rとしては、シロキサン樹脂の屈折率をより低減させる観点から、水素の全部または一部がフッ素で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。この場合のアルキル基の炭素数は1~6が好ましい。RおよびRとしては、シロキサン樹脂の屈折率をより低減する観点から、炭素数1~6のアルキル基および炭素数2~10のアシル基から選ばれた基が好ましい。 In the general formulas (1) to (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or arylalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine. R 2 represents a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —CO—, —CO— or —O—CO—. R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 4 may be the same or different and represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 1 is preferably an alkyl group in which all or part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine from the viewpoint of further reducing the refractive index of the siloxane resin. In this case, the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 3 and R 4 are preferably groups selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an acyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of further reducing the refractive index of the siloxane resin.

 上記一般式(1)~(3)で表される各繰り返し単位は、それぞれ下記一般式(4)~(6)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物に由来する。すなわち、前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および/または一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位と、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位とを含むシロキサン樹脂は、下記一般式(4)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物および/または下記一般式(5)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物と、下記一般式(6)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物とを含む複数のアルコキシシラン化合物を加水分解および重縮合することによって得ることができる。さらに他のアルコキシシラン化合物を用いてもよい。 The repeating units represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) are derived from alkoxysilane compounds represented by the following general formulas (4) to (6), respectively. That is, the siloxane resin containing the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and / or the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) A plurality of alkoxysilane compounds including an alkoxysilane compound represented by the formula (4) and / or an alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (5) and an alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (6) Can be obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation. Further, other alkoxysilane compounds may be used.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 上記一般式(4)~(6)中、R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ一般式(1)~(3)におけるR、R、RおよびRと同じ基を表す。Rは、同じでも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表し、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましい。 In the general formulas (4) to (6), R 5 , R 6 , R 8 and R 9 are the same groups as R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 in the general formulas (1) to (3), respectively. Represents. R 7 may be the same or different and represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

 一般式(4)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物としては、例えば、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルトリエトキシシラン、パーフルオロペンチルトリメトキシシラン、パーフルオロペンチルトリエトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルトリメトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルトリエトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルトリプロポキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルトリイソプロポキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルトリメトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルトリエトキシシラン等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) include trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltriethoxysilane, perfluoropentyltrimethoxysilane, perfluoropentyltriethoxysilane, and tridecafluorooctyltri Examples include methoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltriethoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltripropoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltriisopropoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecyltrimethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecyltriethoxysilane, and the like. Two or more of these may be used.

 一般式(5)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物としては、ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ジメトキシシラン、ビス(トリフルオロプロピル)ジメトキシシラン、ビス(トリフルオロプロピル)ジエトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルエチルジメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルエチルジエトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルメチルジメトキシシラン等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) include bis (trifluoromethyl) dimethoxysilane, bis (trifluoropropyl) dimethoxysilane, bis (trifluoropropyl) diethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, Examples include trifluoropropylmethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldiethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecylmethyldimethoxysilane, and the like. Two or more of these may be used.

 一般式(6)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物としては、例えば、ジメチルジメトキシシラン、ジメチルジエトキシシラン、エチルメチルジメトキシシラン、エチルメチルジメトキシシラン、メチルプロピルジメトキシシラン、メチルプロピルジエトキシシラン、ジフェニルジメトキシシラン、ジフェニルジエトキシシラン、シクロヘキシルメチルジメトキシシラン、シクロヘキシルメチルジエトキシシラン、ビニルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビニルメチルジエトキシシラン、アリルメチルジメトキシシラン、アリルメチルジエトキシシラン、スチリルメチルジメトキシシラン、スチリルメチルジエトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロイルプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロイルプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、γ-アクリロイルプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-アクリロイルプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルエチルジメトキシシラン等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (6) include dimethyldimethoxysilane, dimethyldiethoxysilane, ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, methylpropyldimethoxysilane, methylpropyldiethoxysilane, and diphenyldimethoxysilane. , Diphenyldiethoxysilane, cyclohexylmethyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylmethyldiethoxysilane, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane, allylmethyldimethoxysilane, allylmethyldiethoxysilane, styrylmethyldimethoxysilane, styrylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-methacryloylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-methacryloylpropylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-acrylo Rupropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-acryloylpropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethylmethyldimethoxysilane 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethylethyldimethoxysilane and the like. Two or more of these may be used.

 その他のアルコキシシラン化合物としては、例えば、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、エチルトリメトキシシラン、エチルトリエトキシシラン、プロピルトリメトキシシラン、プロピルトリエトキシシラン、イソブチルトリメトキシシラン、イソブチルトリエトキシシラン、シクロヘキシルトリメトキシシラン、シクロヘキシルトリエトキシシラン、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシランなどの3官能アルコキシシラン化合物;テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、シリケート51(テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー)などの4官能アルコキシシラン化合物;トリメチルメトキシシラン、トリフェニルメトキシシランなどの単官能アルコキシシラン化合物;3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルエチルジメトキシシラン、3-エチル-3-{[3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロポキシ]メチル}オキセタン、3-エチル-3-{[3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロポキシ]メチル}オキセタンなどのエポキシ基および/またはオキセタン基含有アルコキシシラン化合物:フェニルトリメトキシシラン、フェニルトリエトキシシラン、ジフェニルジメトキシシラン、ジフェニルジエトキシシラン、1-ナフチルトリメトキシシラン、2-ナフチルトリメトキシシラン、2-ナフチルトリメトキシシラン、2-ナフチルトリメトキシシラン、トリルトリメトキシシラン、トリルトリエトキシシラン、1-フェニルエチルトリメトキシシラン、1-フェニルエチルトリエトキシシラン、2-フェニルエチルトリメトキシシラン、2-フェニルエチルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物、3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物、3-ジメチルメトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物、3-ジメチルエトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物などの芳香環含有アルコキシシラン化合物;スチリルトリメトキシシラン、スチリルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、アリルトリメトキシシラン、アリルトリエトキシシラン、γ-アクリロイルプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-アクリロイルプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロイルプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロイルプロピルトリエトキシシランなどのラジカル重合性基含有アルコキシシラン化合物;3-トリメトキシシリルプロピオン酸、3-トリエトキシシリルプロピオン酸、3-ジメチルメトキシシリルプロピオン酸、3-ジメチルエトキシシリルプロピオン酸、4-トリメトキシシリル酪酸、4-トリエトキシシリル酪酸、4-ジメチルメトキシシリル酪酸、4-ジメチルエトキシシリル酪酸、5-トリメトキシシリル吉草酸、5-トリエトキシシリル吉草酸、5-ジメチルメトキシシリル吉草酸、5-ジメチルエトキシシリル吉草酸、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-トリエトキシシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-ジメチルメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-ジメチルエトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルシクロヘキシルジカルボン酸無水物、3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルシクロヘキシルジカルボン酸無水物、3-ジメチルメトキシシリルプロピルシクロヘキシルジカルボン酸無水物、3-ジメチルエトキシシリルプロピルシクロヘキシルジカルボン酸無水物、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物、3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物、3-ジメチルメトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物、3-ジメチルエトキシシリルプロピルフタル酸無水物などのカルボキシル基含有アルコキシシラン化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of other alkoxysilane compounds include methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltriethoxysilane, propyltrimethoxysilane, propyltriethoxysilane, isobutyltrimethoxysilane, isobutyltriethoxysilane, Cyclohexyltrimethoxysilane, cyclohexyltriethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, Trifunctional alkoxysilane compounds such as 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane; tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, Tetrafunctional alkoxysilane compounds such as Kate 51 (tetraethoxysilane oligomer); monofunctional alkoxysilane compounds such as trimethylmethoxysilane and triphenylmethoxysilane; 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxy Silane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, 2- (3,4 Epoxycyclohexyl) ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethylethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ethyl-3-{[3- (trimethoxysilyl) propoxy] methyl} oxetane, 3-ethyl-3- { Epoxy and / or oxetane group-containing alkoxysilane compounds such as 3- (triethoxysilyl) propoxy] methyl} oxetane: phenyltrimethoxysilane, phenyltriethoxysilane, diphenyldimethoxysilane, diphenyldiethoxysilane, 1-naphthyltrimethoxy Silane, 2-naphthyltrimethoxysilane, 2-naphthyltrimethoxysilane, 2-naphthyltrimethoxysilane, tolyltrimethoxysilane, tolyltriethoxysilane, 1-phenylethyltrimethoxysilane, 1-phenylethyltriethoxysilane, 2 -Phenylethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-phenylethyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3- Aromatic ring-containing alkoxysilane compounds such as dimethylmethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride and 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride; styryltrimethoxysilane, styryltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltri Radical-polymerizable group-containing alkoxysilane compounds such as methoxysilane, allyltriethoxysilane, γ-acryloylpropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-acryloylpropyltriethoxysilane, γ-methacryloylpropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-methacryloylpropyltriethoxysilane; 3-trimethoxysilylpropionic acid, 3-triethoxysilylpropionic acid, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropionic acid, 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropio Acid, 4-trimethoxysilylbutyric acid, 4-triethoxysilylbutyric acid, 4-dimethylmethoxysilylbutyric acid, 4-dimethylethoxysilylbutyric acid, 5-trimethoxysilylvaleric acid, 5-triethoxysilylvaleric acid, 5-dimethylmethoxy Silylvaleric acid, 5-dimethylethoxysilylvaleric acid, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylsilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3-dimethylethoxy Silylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyl dicarboxylic anhydride, 3-dimethylethoxysilyl Rupropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride Examples thereof include carboxyl group-containing alkoxysilane compounds.

 (B)シロキサン樹脂の原料となるアルコキシシラン化合物の混合物中における、一般式(4)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物および一般式(5)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物の合計含有量は、(B)シロキサン樹脂の全繰り返し単位中の一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量を前述の範囲にする観点から、40モル%以上が好ましく、50モル%以上がより好ましい。一方、一般式(4)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物および一般式(5)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物の合計含有量は、同様の観点から、80モル以下%が好ましく、70モル%以下がより好ましい。なお、一般式(4)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物および一般式(5)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物の一方のみを含む場合は、そのアルコキシシラン化合物を前記範囲で含めばよく、一般式(4)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物および一般式(5)で表されるアルコキシシラン化合物の両方を含む場合は、これらの合計を前記範囲で含めばよい。 (B) The total content of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) in the mixture of the alkoxysilane compounds as raw materials for the siloxane resin is (B ) 40 mol% or more is preferable from the viewpoint of setting the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) in all the repeating units of the siloxane resin within the above range. 50 mol% or more is more preferable. On the other hand, from the same viewpoint, the total content of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) is preferably 80 mol% or less, and 70 mol% or less. More preferred. When only one of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) is included, the alkoxysilane compound may be included in the above range. When both the alkoxysilane compound represented by 4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) are included, the total of these may be included in the above range.

 (B)シロキサン樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、塗布特性の観点から、1,000以上が好ましく、2,000以上がより好ましい。一方、現像性の観点から、(B)シロキサン樹脂のMwは、50,000以下が好ましく、20,000以下がより好ましい。ここで、本発明における(B)シロキサン樹脂のMwとは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)で測定されるポリスチレン換算値を言う。 (B) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the siloxane resin is preferably 1,000 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more, from the viewpoint of coating properties. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developability, the Mw of the (B) siloxane resin is preferably 50,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or less. Here, Mw of the (B) siloxane resin in the present invention refers to a polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

 (B)シロキサン樹脂の波長587.5nmにおける屈折率は、1.35~1.55が好ましい。(B)シロキサン樹脂の屈折率を1.35以上とすることにより、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との過剰な界面反射を抑制し、解像度をより向上させることができる。(B)シロキサン樹脂の屈折率は、1.40以上がより好ましい。一方、(B)シロキサン樹脂の屈折率を1.55以下とすることにより、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との界面反射を増大させ、反射率をより向上させることができる。(B)シロキサン樹脂の屈折率は、1.50以下がより好ましい。ここで、(B)シロキサン樹脂の屈折率は、シリコンウェハ上に形成したシロキサン樹脂の硬化膜について、プリズムカプラー(PC-2000(Metricon(株)製))を用いて、大気圧下、20℃の条件で、硬化膜面に対し垂直方向から波長587.5nmの光を照射して測定する。ただし、小数点以下第三位を四捨五入する。なお、シロキサン樹脂の硬化膜は、シリコンウェハ上に、シロキサン樹脂を固形分濃度が40重量%となるように有機溶媒に溶解したシロキサン樹脂溶液をスピン塗布し、90℃のホットプレートで2分間乾燥した後、オーブンを用いて、空気中、230℃で30分間キュアすることにより作製する。ネガ型感光性着色組成物が(B)シロキサン樹脂を2種以上含有する場合は、少なくとも1種の屈折率が上記範囲にあることが好ましい。 (B) The refractive index of the siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 1.35 to 1.55. By setting the refractive index of the (B) siloxane resin to 1.35 or more, excessive interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and the (B) siloxane resin can be suppressed, and the resolution can be further improved. (B) The refractive index of the siloxane resin is more preferably 1.40 or more. On the other hand, by setting the refractive index of the (B) siloxane resin to 1.55 or less, the interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and the (B) siloxane resin can be increased, and the reflectance can be further improved. (B) The refractive index of the siloxane resin is more preferably 1.50 or less. Here, the refractive index of (B) siloxane resin is 20 ° C. under atmospheric pressure using a prism coupler (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon)) for a cured film of siloxane resin formed on a silicon wafer. Under the conditions, the measurement is performed by irradiating light having a wavelength of 587.5 nm from the direction perpendicular to the cured film surface. However, the third decimal place will be rounded off. The cured film of siloxane resin is spin-coated on a silicon wafer with a siloxane resin solution prepared by dissolving the siloxane resin in an organic solvent so that the solid content concentration is 40% by weight, and dried on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, it is prepared by curing in an air at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes using an oven. When a negative photosensitive coloring composition contains 2 or more types of (B) siloxane resin, it is preferable that at least 1 type of refractive index exists in the said range.

 (A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂の波長587.5nmにおける屈折率差は、1.16~1.26が好ましい。屈折率差を1.16以上とすることにより、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との界面反射を増大させ、反射率をより向上させることができる。屈折率差は1.18以上がより好ましい。一方、屈折率差を1.26以下とすることにより、(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂との過剰な界面反射を抑制し、解像度をより向上させることができる。屈折率差は1.24以下がより好ましい。 The difference in refractive index between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 1.16 to 1.26. By setting the difference in refractive index to 1.16 or more, the interface reflection between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be increased, and the reflectance can be further improved. The difference in refractive index is more preferably 1.18 or more. On the other hand, when the refractive index difference is 1.26 or less, excessive interface reflection between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be suppressed, and the resolution can be further improved. The difference in refractive index is more preferably 1.24 or less.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物において、(B)シロキサン樹脂の含有量は、所望の膜厚や用途により任意に設定することができるが、ネガ型感光性着色組成物中、10~60重量%が好ましい。また、(B)シロキサン樹脂の含有量は、ネガ型感光性着色組成物の固形分中、10重量%以上が好ましく、20重量%以上がより好ましい。一方、(B)シロキサン樹脂の含有量は、ネガ型感光性着色組成物の固形分中、60重量%以下が好ましく、50重量%以下がより好ましい。 In the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the (B) siloxane resin can be arbitrarily set depending on the desired film thickness and application, but in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, it is 10 to 60. % By weight is preferred. Further, the content of the (B) siloxane resin is preferably 10% by weight or more, and more preferably 20% by weight or more in the solid content of the negative photosensitive coloring composition. On the other hand, the content of the (B) siloxane resin is preferably 60% by weight or less, and more preferably 50% by weight or less in the solid content of the negative photosensitive coloring composition.

 (B)シロキサン樹脂は、前述のオルガノシラン化合物を加水分解した後、該加水分解物を溶媒の存在下または無溶媒で脱水縮合反応させることによって得ることができる。 (B) The siloxane resin can be obtained by hydrolyzing the aforementioned organosilane compound and then subjecting the hydrolyzate to a dehydration condensation reaction in the presence of a solvent or without a solvent.

 加水分解における各種条件は、反応スケール、反応容器の大きさ、形状などを考慮して、目的とする用途に適した物性に合わせて設定することができる。各種条件としては、例えば、酸濃度、反応温度、反応時間などが挙げられる。 Various conditions in the hydrolysis can be set according to the physical properties suitable for the intended application in consideration of the reaction scale, the size and shape of the reaction vessel, and the like. Examples of various conditions include acid concentration, reaction temperature, reaction time, and the like.

 加水分解反応には、塩酸、酢酸、蟻酸、硝酸、蓚酸、塩酸、硫酸、リン酸、ポリリン酸、多価カルボン酸やその無水物、イオン交換樹脂などの酸触媒を用いることができる。これらの中でも、蟻酸、酢酸および/またはリン酸を含む酸性水溶液が好ましい。 In the hydrolysis reaction, an acid catalyst such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, formic acid, nitric acid, oxalic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, polyphosphoric acid, polyvalent carboxylic acid or its anhydride, or an ion exchange resin can be used. Among these, an acidic aqueous solution containing formic acid, acetic acid and / or phosphoric acid is preferable.

 加水分解反応に酸触媒を用いる場合、酸触媒の添加量は、加水分解をより速やかに進行させる観点から、加水分解反応に使用される全アルコキシシラン化合物100重量部に対して、0.05重量部以上が好ましく、0.1重量部以上がより好ましい。一方、加水分解反応の進行を適度に調整する観点から、酸触媒の添加量は、全アルコキシシラン化合物100重量部に対して、20重量部以下が好ましく、10重量部以下がより好ましい。ここで、全アルコキシシラン化合物量とは、アルコキシシラン化合物、その加水分解物およびその縮合物の全てを含む量のことを言う。 When an acid catalyst is used for the hydrolysis reaction, the amount of the acid catalyst added is 0.05 wt. With respect to 100 parts by weight of the total alkoxysilane compound used for the hydrolysis reaction, from the viewpoint of allowing the hydrolysis to proceed more rapidly. Part or more is preferable, and 0.1 part by weight or more is more preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of appropriately adjusting the progress of the hydrolysis reaction, the addition amount of the acid catalyst is preferably 20 parts by weight or less and more preferably 10 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total alkoxysilane compound. Here, the total amount of the alkoxysilane compound means an amount including all of the alkoxysilane compound, its hydrolyzate and its condensate.

 加水分解反応は、有機溶媒中で行うことができる。ネガ型感光性着色組成物の安定性、濡れ性、揮発性などを考慮して、有機溶媒を適宜選択することができる。有機溶媒としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、t-ブタノール、ペンタノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、3-メチル-2-ブタノール、3-メチル-3-メトキシ-1-ブタノール、ジアセトンアルコールなどのアルコール類;エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールなどのグリコール類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-t-ブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、ジエチルエーテルなどのエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、メチルプロピルケトン、メチルブチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン類;ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミドなどのアミド類;エチルアセテート、プロピルアセテート、ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチルなどのアセテート類;トルエン、キシレン、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサンなどの芳香族または脂肪族炭化水素;γ-ブチロラクトン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシドなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 The hydrolysis reaction can be performed in an organic solvent. The organic solvent can be appropriately selected in consideration of the stability, wettability, volatility, etc. of the negative photosensitive coloring composition. Examples of the organic solvent include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, t-butanol, pentanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, and 3-methyl-3- Alcohols such as methoxy-1-butanol and diacetone alcohol; glycols such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl Ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene Ethers such as glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, diethyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, acetyl acetone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone; dimethylformamide, Amides such as dimethylacetamide; ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl lactate , Acetates such as ethyl lactate and butyl lactate; toluene, xylene, hexane, Aromatic or aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane; .gamma.-butyrolactone, N- methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and dimethyl sulfoxide. Two or more of these may be used.

 これらの中でも、硬化膜のクラック耐性等の観点から、ジアセトンアルコール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-t-ブチルエーテル、γ-ブチロラクトン等が好ましく用いられる。 Among these, from the viewpoint of crack resistance of the cured film, diacetone alcohol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol mono- t-Butyl ether, γ-butyrolactone and the like are preferably used.

 加水分解反応によって有機溶媒が生成する場合には、無溶媒で加水分解を行うことも可能である。加水分解反応終了後に、得られた組成物に、さらに有機溶媒を添加することにより、ネガ型感光性着色組成物として使用するために適切な濃度に調整することも好ましい。また、加水分解後に加熱および/または減圧下により生成アルコール等の全量あるいは一部を留出、除去し、その後好適な有機溶媒を添加することも可能である。 When an organic solvent is generated by a hydrolysis reaction, the hydrolysis can be performed without a solvent. After completion of the hydrolysis reaction, it is also preferable to adjust the concentration to an appropriate concentration for use as a negative photosensitive coloring composition by further adding an organic solvent to the obtained composition. It is also possible to distill and remove all or part of the produced alcohol and the like after heating and / or under reduced pressure, and then add a suitable organic solvent.

 加水分解反応に有機溶媒を使用する場合、有機溶媒の添加量は、ゲルの生成を抑制する観点から、全アルコキシシラン化合物100重量部に対して、50重量部以上が好ましく、80重量部以上がより好ましい。一方、有機溶媒の添加量は、加水分解をより速やかに進行させる観点から、全アルコキシシラン化合物100重量部に対して、500重量部以下が好ましく、200重量部以下がより好ましい。 In the case of using an organic solvent for the hydrolysis reaction, the amount of the organic solvent added is preferably 50 parts by weight or more, and 80 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total alkoxysilane compound from the viewpoint of suppressing gel formation. More preferred. On the other hand, the addition amount of the organic solvent is preferably 500 parts by weight or less and more preferably 200 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total alkoxysilane compound from the viewpoint of allowing hydrolysis to proceed more rapidly.

 また、加水分解反応に用いる水としては、イオン交換水が好ましい。水の量は任意に設定することができるが、全アルコキシシラン化合物1モルに対して、1.0~4.0モルが好ましい。 Moreover, as the water used for the hydrolysis reaction, ion-exchanged water is preferable. The amount of water can be arbitrarily set, but is preferably 1.0 to 4.0 mol with respect to 1 mol of all alkoxysilane compounds.

 脱水縮合反応の方法としては、例えば、オルガノシラン化合物の加水分解反応により得られたシラノール化合物溶液をそのまま加熱する方法などが挙げられる。加熱温度は、50℃以上、溶媒の沸点以下が好ましく、加熱時間は、1~100時間が好ましい。また、シロキサン樹脂の重合度を高めるために、再加熱または塩基触媒の添加を行ってもよい。また、目的に応じて、加水分解後に、生成アルコールなどの適量を加熱および/または減圧下にて留出、除去し、その後好適な溶媒を添加してもよい。 Examples of the dehydration condensation method include a method of heating a silanol compound solution obtained by hydrolysis reaction of an organosilane compound as it is. The heating temperature is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and the boiling point of the solvent or lower, and the heating time is preferably 1 to 100 hours. In order to increase the degree of polymerization of the siloxane resin, reheating or addition of a base catalyst may be performed. Further, depending on the purpose, after hydrolysis, an appropriate amount such as the generated alcohol may be distilled and removed under heating and / or reduced pressure, and then a suitable solvent may be added.

 ネガ型感光性着色組成物の保存安定性の観点から、加水分解、脱水縮合後のシロキサン樹脂溶液には前記触媒が含まれないことが好ましく、必要に応じて触媒の除去を行うことができる。触媒除去方法としては、操作の簡便さと除去性の観点から、水洗浄、イオン交換樹脂による処理などが好ましい。水洗浄とは、シロキサン樹脂溶液を適当な疎水性溶媒で希釈した後、水で数回洗浄して得られた有機層をエバポレーター等で濃縮する方法である。イオン交換樹脂による処理とは、シロキサン樹脂溶液を適当なイオン交換樹脂に接触させる方法である。 From the viewpoint of storage stability of the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the siloxane resin solution after hydrolysis and dehydration condensation preferably does not contain the catalyst, and the catalyst can be removed as necessary. As the catalyst removal method, water washing, treatment with an ion exchange resin, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of easy operation and removability. The water washing is a method in which an organic layer obtained by diluting a siloxane resin solution with an appropriate hydrophobic solvent and washing several times with water is concentrated with an evaporator or the like. The treatment with an ion exchange resin is a method in which a siloxane resin solution is brought into contact with an appropriate ion exchange resin.

 (C)光重合開始剤
 (C)光重合開始剤および(D)光重合性化合物を含有することにより、光照射により(C)光重合開始剤から発生したラジカルによって(D)光重合性化合物の重合が進行し、ネガ型感光性着色組成物の露光部がアルカリ水溶液に対して不溶化することから、ネガ型のパターンを形成することができる。
(C) Photopolymerization initiator (C) By containing a photopolymerization initiator and (D) a photopolymerizable compound, (D) a photopolymerizable compound by radicals generated from (C) the photopolymerization initiator by light irradiation. As the polymerization proceeds, the exposed portion of the negative photosensitive coloring composition is insolubilized in the aqueous alkali solution, so that a negative pattern can be formed.

 (C)光重合開始剤は、光(紫外線、電子線を含む)により分解および/または反応し、ラジカルを発生させるものであればどのようなものでもよい。例えば、2-メチル-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ジメチルアミノ-2-(4-メチルベンジル)-1-(4-モルフォリン-4-イル-フェニル)-ブタン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1などのα-アミノアルキルフェノン化合物;2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-(2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル)-ホスフィンオキサイドなどのアシルホスフィンオキサイド化合物;1-フェニル-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(O-エトキシカルボニル)オキシム、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、1-フェニル-1,2-ブタジオン-2-(O-メトキシカルボニル)オキシム、1,3-ジフェニルプロパントリオン-2-(O-エトキシカルボニル)オキシム、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)などのオキシムエステル化合物;ベンジルジメチルケタールなどのベンジルケタール化合物;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-プロピル)ケトン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシル-フェニルケトンなどのα-ヒドロキシケトン化合物;ベンゾフェノン、4,4-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、O-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4,4-ジクロロベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチル-ジフェニルサルファイド、アルキル化ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノンなどのベンゾフェノン化合物;2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2,3-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、4-t-ブチルジクロロアセトフェノン、ベンザルアセトフェノン、4-アジドベンザルアセトフェノンなどのアセトフェノン化合物;2-フェニル-2-オキシ酢酸メチルなどの芳香族ケトエステル化合物;4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸(2-エチル)ヘキシル、4-ジエチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、2-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチルなどの安息香酸エステル化合物などが挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 (C) Any photopolymerization initiator may be used as long as it can be decomposed and / or reacted with light (including ultraviolet rays and electron beams) to generate radicals. For example, 2-methyl- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-2- (4-methylbenzyl) -1- (4-morpholin-4-yl Α-aminoalkylphenone compounds such as -phenyl) -butan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoylphenyl Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-(2,4,4-trimethylpentyl) -phosphine oxide; 1 -Phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1 2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzoyloxime)], 1-phenyl-1,2-butadion-2- (O-methoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1,3-diphenylpropane Such as trione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) oxime, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) Oxime ester compounds; benzyl ketal compounds such as benzyldimethyl ketal; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1- ON, 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, 1-hydro Α-hydroxyketone compounds such as cyclohexyl-phenylketone; benzophenone, 4,4-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, methyl O-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4, Benzophenone compounds such as 4-dichlorobenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4′-methyl-diphenyl sulfide, alkylated benzophenone, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone; 2 Acetophenone compounds such as 1,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,3-diethoxyacetophenone, 4-t-butyldichloroacetophenone, benzalacetophenone, 4-azidobenzalacetophenone; Aromatic ketoester compounds such as methyl phenyl-2-oxyacetate; ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid (2-ethyl) hexyl, ethyl 4-diethylaminobenzoate, methyl 2-benzoylbenzoate, etc. A benzoic acid ester compound etc. are mentioned. Two or more of these may be contained.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物が(A)白色顔料以外の着色剤を含有しない場合には、(C)光重合開始剤による着色を抑制するため、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-(2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル)-ホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤が好ましい。 When the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention does not contain (A) a colorant other than the white pigment, (C) 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoylphenyl is used to suppress coloring by the photopolymerization initiator. Acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization such as phosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-(2,4,4-trimethylpentyl) -phosphine oxide Initiators are preferred.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物中における(C)光重合開始剤の含有量は、ラジカル硬化を効果的に進める観点から、固形分中、0.01重量%以上が好ましく、1重量%以上がより好ましい。一方、残留した(C)光重合開始剤の溶出等を抑制し、黄変をより向上させる観点から、(C)光重合開始剤の含有量は、固形分中、20重量%以下が好ましく、10重量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the (C) photopolymerization initiator in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, preferably 1% by weight in the solid content from the viewpoint of effectively promoting radical curing. The above is more preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing the elution of the remaining (C) photopolymerization initiator and improving yellowing, the content of (C) the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 20% by weight or less in the solid content, 10% by weight or less is more preferable.

 (D)光重合性化合物
 本発明における光重合性化合物とは、分子中にエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物をいう。光重合性化合物は、分子中に2つ以上のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有することが好ましい。ラジカル重合性のしやすさを考えると、(D)光重合性化合物は、(メタ)アクリル基を有することが好ましい。また、(D)光重合性化合物の二重結合当量は、パターン加工における感度をより向上させる観点から、400g/mol以下が好ましい。一方、(D)光重合性化合物の二重結合当量は、パターン加工における解像度をより向上させる観点から、80g/mol以上が好ましい。
(D) Photopolymerizable compound The photopolymerizable compound in the present invention refers to a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule. The photopolymerizable compound preferably has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds in the molecule. Considering the ease of radical polymerization, the (D) photopolymerizable compound preferably has a (meth) acrylic group. In addition, the double bond equivalent of the (D) photopolymerizable compound is preferably 400 g / mol or less from the viewpoint of further improving the sensitivity in pattern processing. On the other hand, the double bond equivalent of the (D) photopolymerizable compound is preferably 80 g / mol or more from the viewpoint of further improving the resolution in pattern processing.

 (D)光重合性化合物としては、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジメタクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジメタクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジメタクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタアクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールオクタアクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールノナアクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールデカアクリレート、ペンタペンタエリスリトールウンデカアクリレート、ペンタペンタエリスリトールドデカアクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタメタクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールオクタメタクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールノナメタクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールデカメタクリレート、ペンタペンタエリスリトールウンデカメタクリレート、ペンタペンタエリスリトールドデカメタクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジアクリレート、“メガファック”(登録商標)RS-76-E、RS-56、RS-72-K、RS-75、RS-76-E、RS-76-NS、RS-76、RS-90(以上、商品名、DIC(株)製)等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 (D) As a photopolymerizable compound, for example, diethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane diacrylate, Trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate 1,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate 1,9-nonanediol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol dimethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol penta Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, tripentaerythritol heptaacrylate, tripentaerythritol octaacrylate, tetrapentaerythritol nonaacrylate, tetrapentaerythritol decaacrylate, pentapentaerythritol undecaacrylate, pentapentaerythritol dodecaacrylate, tripentaerythritol Heptamethacrylate, tripentaerythritol octamethacrylate, tetrapentaerythritol nonamethacrylate, tetrapentaerythritol decamethacrylate, pentapentaerythritol undecamethacrylate, pentapentaerythritol dodecamethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane diacrylate, “Megafuck” (registered trademark) RS-76-E, RS-56, RS-72-K, RS-75, RS-76-E, RS-76-NS, RS-76, RS-90 (above, trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation) ) And the like. Two or more of these may be contained.

 これらの中でも、反射率をより向上させる観点から、フッ素原子を有する化合物が好ましい。フッ素原子を有する光重合性化合物と、その他の光重合性化合物を含有してもよい。 Among these, a compound having a fluorine atom is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance. You may contain the photopolymerizable compound which has a fluorine atom, and another photopolymerizable compound.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物中における(D)光重合性化合物の含有量は、ラジカル硬化を効果的に進める観点から、固形分中、1重量%以上が好ましい。一方、ラジカルの過剰反応を抑制し解像度をより向上させる観点から、(D)光重合性化合物の含有量は、固形分中、40重量%以下が好ましい。 The content of the (D) photopolymerizable compound in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by weight or more in the solid content from the viewpoint of effectively promoting radical curing. On the other hand, the content of the photopolymerizable compound (D) is preferably 40% by weight or less in the solid content from the viewpoint of suppressing radical excess reaction and further improving the resolution.

 (E)有機溶媒
 (E)有機溶媒を含有することにより、ネガ型感光性着色組成物を塗布に適した粘度に容易に調整し、塗布膜の均一性を向上させることができる。
(E) Organic solvent By containing the (E) organic solvent, the negative photosensitive coloring composition can be easily adjusted to a viscosity suitable for coating, and the uniformity of the coating film can be improved.

 有機溶媒として、大気圧下の沸点が150℃を超えて250℃以下の有機溶媒と、150℃以下の有機溶媒を組み合わせることが好ましい。ネガ型感光性着色組成物が、沸点が150℃を超えて250℃以下の有機溶媒を含有することにより、塗布時に適度に有機溶媒が揮発して塗膜の乾燥が進行するため、塗布ムラを抑制し、膜厚均一性を向上させることができる。さらに、大気圧下の沸点が150℃以下の有機溶媒を含有することにより、後述する本発明の硬化膜中への有機溶媒の残存を抑制することができる。硬化膜中への有機溶媒の残存を抑制し、耐薬品性および密着性を長期間より向上させる観点から、大気圧下の沸点が150℃以下の有機溶媒を、有機溶媒全体の50重量%以上含有することが好ましい。 As the organic solvent, it is preferable to combine an organic solvent having a boiling point under atmospheric pressure of more than 150 ° C. and not more than 250 ° C. with an organic solvent having a boiling point of not more than 150 ° C. Since the negative photosensitive coloring composition contains an organic solvent having a boiling point of more than 150 ° C. and not more than 250 ° C., the organic solvent volatilizes appropriately at the time of coating, and the coating film is dried. The film thickness uniformity can be improved. Furthermore, by containing an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or lower under atmospheric pressure, it is possible to suppress the remaining of the organic solvent in the cured film of the present invention described later. From the viewpoint of suppressing the remaining of the organic solvent in the cured film and improving the chemical resistance and adhesion over a long period of time, an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or lower under atmospheric pressure is 50% by weight or more of the total organic solvent It is preferable to contain.

 大気圧下の沸点が150℃以下の有機溶媒としては、例えば、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、1-プロピルアルコール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、イソペンチルアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、酢酸メトキシメチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、1-メトキシプロピル-2-アセテート、アセトール、アセチルアセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルプロピルケトン、乳酸メチル、トルエン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサン、ノルマルヘプタン、ベンゼン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸ペンチル、3-ヒドロキシ-3-メチル-2-ブタノン、4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチル-2-ブタノン、5-ヒドロキシ-2-ペンタノンが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 Examples of organic solvents having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or less under atmospheric pressure include ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, 1-propyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isopentyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol Monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 1-methoxypropyl-2-acetate, acetol, acetylacetone, Methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, lactic acid , Toluene, cyclopentanone, cyclohexane, normal heptane, benzene, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, pentyl acetate, 3-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-butanone, 4- Examples include hydroxy-3-methyl-2-butanone and 5-hydroxy-2-pentanone. Two or more of these may be used.

 大気圧下の沸点が150℃を超えて250℃以下の有機溶媒としては、例えば、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-tert-ブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノn-ブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノt-ブチルエーテル、酢酸2-エトキシエチル、3-メトキシ-1-ブタノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチルブタノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチルブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、ジアセトンアルコール、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド、γ-ブチロラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、炭酸プロピレン、N-メチルピロリドン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテルが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 Examples of the organic solvent having a boiling point under atmospheric pressure of more than 150 ° C. and not more than 250 ° C. include ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-tert-butyl ether, propylene glycol mono n-butyl ether, Propylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethoxypropion Ethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, diacetone alcohol, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, dimethylformamide, Methylacetamide, .gamma.-butyrolactone, .gamma.-valerolactone, .delta.-valerolactone, propylene carbonate, N- methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether. Two or more of these may be used.

 有機溶媒の含有量は、塗布方法などに応じて任意に設定することができる。例えば、スピンコーティングにより膜形成を行う場合には、ネガ型感光性着色組成物中、有機溶媒の含有量を50重量%以上、95重量%以下とすることが好ましい。 The content of the organic solvent can be arbitrarily set according to the application method and the like. For example, when the film is formed by spin coating, the content of the organic solvent in the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less.

 本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物中は、必要に応じて、密着性改良剤、紫外線吸収剤、重合禁止剤、界面活性剤などをさらに含有してもよい。 The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may further contain an adhesion improver, an ultraviolet absorber, a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant and the like, if necessary.

 ネガ型感光性着色組成物に密着性改良剤を含有することにより、基板との密着性が向上し、信頼性の高い硬化膜を得ることができる。密着性改良剤としては、例えば、脂環式エポキシ化合物や、シランカップリング剤などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、脂環式エポキシ化合物は、耐熱性が高いことから、加熱後の硬化膜の色変化をより抑制することができる。 By including an adhesion improver in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the adhesion to the substrate is improved, and a highly reliable cured film can be obtained. Examples of the adhesion improver include alicyclic epoxy compounds and silane coupling agents. Among these, since an alicyclic epoxy compound has high heat resistance, it can suppress the color change of the cured film after a heating more.

 脂環式エポキシ化合物としては、例えば、3’,4’-エポキシシクロヘキシメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-1-ブタノールの1,2-エポキシ-4-(2-オキシラニル)シクロヘキサン付加物、ε-カプロラクトン変性3’,4’-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル3’,4’-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、1,2-エポキシ-4-ビニルシクロヘキサン、ブタンテトラカルボン酸テトラ(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル)修飾ε-カプロラクトン、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルメタアクリレート、水添ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル、水添ビスフェノールFジグリシジルエーテル、水添ビスフェノールEジグリシジルエーテル、水添ビスフェノールAビス(プロピレングリコールグリシジルエーテル)エーテル、水添ビスフェノールAビス(エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル)エーテル、1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸ジグリシジル、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールジグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 Examples of the alicyclic epoxy compound include 3 ′, 4′-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 1,2-epoxy-2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) -1-butanol. 4- (2-oxiranyl) cyclohexane adduct, ε-caprolactone modified 3 ′, 4′-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3 ′, 4′-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, butanetetracarboxylic acid Tetra (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) modified ε-caprolactone, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol E diglycidyl ether And hydrogenated bisphenol A bis (propylene glycol glycidyl ether) ether, hydrogenated bisphenol A bis (ethylene glycol glycidyl ether) ether, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate diglycidyl, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether, etc. It is done. Two or more of these may be contained.

 シランカップリング剤としては、下記一般式(7)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the silane coupling agent, a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 上記一般式(7)中、各R10は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。屈折率を低減する観点から、R10としては炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましい。pは、0または1を表す。基板との密着性をより向上させる観点から、pは0が好ましい。R11は、炭素数3~30の3価の有機基を表し、炭素数3~10の3価の炭化水素基が好ましい。R12は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~20のアリール基または炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基を表す。屈折率を低減する観点から、R12としては炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、または炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (7), each R 10 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index, R 10 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. p represents 0 or 1. From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion with the substrate, p is preferably 0. R 11 represents a trivalent organic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. R 12 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index, R 12 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

 上記一般式(7)で示されるシランカップリング剤としては、例えば、3-(tert-ブチルカルバモイル)―6-(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン酸、2-(2-(tert-ブチルアミノ)-2-オキソエチル)-5-(トリメトキシシリル)ペンタン酸、3-(イソプロピルカルバモイル)-6-(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン酸、2-(2-(イソプロピルアミノ)-2-オキソエチル)-5-(トリメトキシシリル)ペンタン酸、3-(イソブチルカルバモイル)-6-(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン酸、3-(tert-ペンチルカルバモイル)-6-(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン酸、2-(2―(tert-ペンチルアミノ)-2-オキソエチル)-5-(トリメトキシシリル)ペンタン酸、6-(ジメトキシメチルシリル)-3-(tert-ブチルカルバモイル)ヘキサン酸、5-(ジメトキシ(メチル)シリル-2-(2-(tert-ブチルアミノ)-2-オキソエチル)ペンタン酸、3-(tert-ブチルカルバモイル)-6-(トリメトキシシリル)ペンタン酸、2-(2-(tert-ブチルアミノ)-2-オキソエチル)-5-(トリメトキシシリル)ブタン酸、2-(tert-ブチルカルバモイル)-4-(2-(トリメトキシシリル)エチル)シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、2-(tert-ブチルカルバモイル)-5-(2-(トリメトキシシリル)エチル)シクロヘキサンカルボン酸などが挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 Examples of the silane coupling agent represented by the general formula (7) include 3- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (tert-butylamino) -2 -Oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 3- (isopropylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (isopropylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (tri Methoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 3- (isobutylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 3- (tert-pentylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (tert- Pentylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 6- (dimethoxymethyl) Rusilyl) -3- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) hexanoic acid, 5- (dimethoxy (methyl) silyl-2- (2- (tert-butylamino) -2-oxoethyl) pentanoic acid, 3- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 2- (2- (tert-butylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) butanoic acid, 2- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) -4- ( 2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 2- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) -5- (2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, etc. Also good.

 ネガ型感光性着色組成物における密着性改良剤の含有量は、基板との密着性をより向上させる観点から、固形分中、0.1重量%以上が好ましく、1重量%以上がより好ましい。一方、密着性改良剤の含有量は、加熱による色変化をより抑制する観点から、固形分中、20重量%以下が好ましく、10重量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the adhesion improving agent in the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 1% by weight or more in the solid content from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion to the substrate. On the other hand, the content of the adhesion improver is preferably 20% by weight or less, and more preferably 10% by weight or less in the solid content from the viewpoint of further suppressing color change due to heating.

 ネガ型感光性着色組成物に紫外線吸収剤を含有することにより、硬化膜の耐光性を向上させ、解像度をより向上させることができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、加熱による色変化をより抑制する観点から、2-(2Hベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4,6-tert-ペンチルフェノール、2-(2Hベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール、2(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-ドデシル-4-メチルフェノール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-メタクリロキシエチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾールなどのベンゾトリアゾール系化合物;2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノンなどのベンゾフェノン系化合物;2-(4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5トリアジン-2-イル)-5-[(ヘキシル)オキシ]-フェノールなどのトリアジン系化合物が好ましく用いられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 By including an ultraviolet absorber in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the light resistance of the cured film can be improved and the resolution can be further improved. UV absorbers include 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol and 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -4,6-tert-pentyl from the viewpoint of further suppressing color change due to heating. Phenol, 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol, 2 (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6-dodecyl-4-methyl Benzotriazole compounds such as phenol, 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methacryloxyethylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole; benzophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone; 2- (4,6 -Diphenyl-1,3,5triazin-2-yl) -5-[(hexyl) oxy] -phenol Triazine compounds are preferably used. Two or more of these may be contained.

 ネガ型感光性着色組成物に重合禁止剤を含有することにより、得られる硬化膜の解像度を向上させることができる。重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ジ-t-ブチルヒドロキシトルエン、ブチルヒドロキシアニソール、ハイドロキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、1,4-ベンゾキノン、t-ブチルカテコールが挙げられる。また、市販の重合禁止剤としては、“IRGANOX”(登録商標)1010、1035、1076、1098、1135、1330、1726、1425、1520、245、259、3114、565、295(以上、商品名、BASFジャパン(株)製)などが挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 By containing a polymerization inhibitor in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the resolution of the cured film obtained can be improved. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include di-t-butylhydroxytoluene, butylhydroxyanisole, hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, 1,4-benzoquinone, and t-butylcatechol. Commercially available polymerization inhibitors include “IRGANOX” (registered trademark) 1010, 1035, 1076, 1098, 1135, 1330, 1726, 1425, 1520, 245, 259, 3114, 565, 295 (above, trade names, BASF Japan Ltd.). Two or more of these may be contained.

 ネガ型感光性着色組成物に界面活性剤を含有することにより、塗布時のフロー性を向上させることができる。界面活性剤としては、例えば、“メガファック”(登録商標)F142D、F172、F173、F183、F445、F470、F475、F477(以上、商品名、DIC(株)製)などのフッ素系界面活性剤;“BYK”(登録商標)-333、301、331、345、307(以上、商品名、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株)製)などのシリコーン系界面活性剤;ポリアルキレンオキシド系界面活性剤;ポリ(メタ)アクリレート系界面活性剤などが挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 By containing a surfactant in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the flowability at the time of application can be improved. Surfactants include, for example, fluorine-based surfactants such as “Megafac” (registered trademark) F142D, F172, F173, F183, F445, F470, F475, and F477 (above, trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation). Silicone surfactants such as “BYK” (registered trademark) -333, 301, 331, 345, 307 (above, trade name, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.); polyalkylene oxide surfactants; And a (meth) acrylate surfactant. Two or more of these may be contained.

 ネガ型感光性着色組成物の固形分濃度は、塗布方法などに応じて任意に設定することができる。例えば、後述のようにスピンコーティングにより膜形成を行う場合には、固形分濃度を、5重量%以上、50重量%以下とすることが好ましい。 The solid content concentration of the negative photosensitive coloring composition can be arbitrarily set according to the coating method and the like. For example, when film formation is performed by spin coating as described later, the solid content concentration is preferably 5% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less.

 次に本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物の製造方法について、以下に説明する。前述の(A)~(E)成分および必要に応じてその他の成分を混合することにより、本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物を得ることができる。より具体的には、例えば、まず、(A)白色顔料、(B)シロキサン樹脂および(E)有機溶媒の混合液を、ジルコニアビーズが充填されたミル型分散機を用いて分散させ、顔料分散液を得ることが好ましい。一方で、(B)シロキサン樹脂、(C)光重合開始剤、(D)光重合性化合物、(E)有機溶媒および必要に応じてその他の成分を撹拌して溶解させ、希釈液を得ることが好ましい。そして、顔料分散液と希釈液とを混合して撹拌した後、ろ過することが好ましい。 Next, a method for producing the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention will be described below. The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can be obtained by mixing the aforementioned components (A) to (E) and other components as necessary. More specifically, for example, first, a mixed liquid of (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, and (E) an organic solvent is dispersed using a mill-type disperser filled with zirconia beads, thereby dispersing the pigment. It is preferable to obtain a liquid. On the other hand, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, (E) an organic solvent and, if necessary, other components are stirred and dissolved to obtain a diluted solution. Is preferred. And it is preferable to filter, after mixing and stirring a pigment dispersion and a diluent.

 次に、本発明の硬化膜について説明する。本発明の硬化膜は、前述の本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物の硬化物である。本発明の硬化膜は、OGSタイプのタッチパネルにおける遮光パターンや、画像表示装置の隔壁パターンとして好適に用いることができる。硬化膜の膜厚は、10μm以上が好ましい。 Next, the cured film of the present invention will be described. The cured film of the present invention is a cured product of the aforementioned negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention. The cured film of the present invention can be suitably used as a light shielding pattern in an OGS type touch panel or a partition pattern of an image display device. The thickness of the cured film is preferably 10 μm or more.

 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法について、例を挙げて説明する。本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、(I)本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程、(II)前記塗膜を露光および現像する工程、および(III)前記現像後の塗膜を加熱する工程を有することが好ましい。以下に、各工程について説明する。 The method for producing a cured film of the present invention will be described with examples. The method for producing a cured film of the present invention comprises (I) a step of applying a negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention on a substrate to form a coating film, (II) a step of exposing and developing the coating film, And (III) It is preferable to have a step of heating the coated film after the development. Below, each process is demonstrated.

 (I)本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程
 基板としては、例えば、ソーダライムガラス、無アルカリガラス等のガラス基板が挙げられる。
(I) The process of apply | coating the negative photosensitive coloring composition of this invention on a board | substrate, and forming a coating film As a board | substrate, glass substrates, such as soda-lime glass and an alkali free glass, are mentioned, for example.

 これらの基板上に本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成する。塗布方式としては、例えば、スピンコーティング、スリットコーティング、スクリーン印刷、インクジェット塗布、バーコーター塗布等が挙げられる。 On these substrates, the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is applied to form a coating film. Examples of the coating method include spin coating, slit coating, screen printing, inkjet coating, and bar coater coating.

 塗膜を形成した後、ネガ型感光性着色組成物を塗布した基板を乾燥(プリベーク)することが好ましい。乾燥方法としては、減圧乾燥、加熱乾燥などが挙げられる。加熱装置としては、例えば、ホットプレート、オーブン等が挙げられる。加熱温度は60~150℃が好ましく、加熱時間は30秒間~3分間が好ましい。プリベーク後の塗膜の膜厚は、5~20μmが好ましい。 After forming the coating film, it is preferable to dry (pre-bake) the substrate coated with the negative photosensitive coloring composition. Examples of the drying method include reduced pressure drying and heat drying. Examples of the heating device include a hot plate and an oven. The heating temperature is preferably 60 to 150 ° C., and the heating time is preferably 30 seconds to 3 minutes. The film thickness of the coating film after pre-baking is preferably 5 to 20 μm.

 (II)前記塗膜を露光および現像する工程
 このようにして得られた塗膜を露光し、現像することにより、パターン形成された塗膜を有する基板を得る。
(II) Step of exposing and developing the coating film By exposing and developing the coating film thus obtained, a substrate having a patterned coating film is obtained.

 露光は、所望のマスクを介して行ってもよいし、マスクを介さずに行ってもよい。露光機としては、例えば、ステッパー、ミラープロジェクションマスクアライナー(MPA)、パラレルライトマスクアライナー(以下、「PLA」)等が挙げられる。露光強度は10~4000J/m程度(波長365nm露光量換算)が好ましい。露光光源としては、例えば、i線、g線、h線等の紫外線や、KrF(波長248nm)レーザー、ArF(波長193nm)レーザーなどが挙げられる。 The exposure may be performed through a desired mask or may be performed without using a mask. Examples of the exposure machine include a stepper, a mirror projection mask aligner (MPA), a parallel light mask aligner (hereinafter referred to as “PLA”), and the like. The exposure intensity is preferably about 10 to 4000 J / m 2 (wavelength 365 nm exposure amount conversion). Examples of the exposure light source include ultraviolet rays such as i-line, g-line, and h-line, KrF (wavelength 248 nm) laser, ArF (wavelength 193 nm) laser, and the like.

 現像方法としては、例えば、シャワー、ディッピング、パドル等の方法が挙げられる。現像液に浸漬する時間は5秒間~10分間が好ましい。現像液としては、例えば、アルカリ金属の水酸化物、炭酸塩、リン酸塩、ケイ酸塩、ホウ酸塩等の無機アルカリ;2-ジエチルアミノエタノール、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン等のアミン類;テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキサイド、コリン等の4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液などが挙げられる。現像後、水でリンスすることが好ましい。続いて50~140℃で乾燥ベークをしても構わない。 Examples of the developing method include methods such as showering, dipping, and paddle. The immersion time in the developer is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes. Examples of the developer include inorganic alkalis such as alkali metal hydroxides, carbonates, phosphates, silicates and borates; amines such as 2-diethylaminoethanol, monoethanolamine and diethanolamine; tetramethyl Examples thereof include aqueous solutions of quaternary ammonium salts such as ammonium hydroxide and choline. It is preferable to rinse with water after development. Subsequently, dry baking may be performed at 50 to 140 ° C.

 (III)前記現像後の塗膜を加熱する工程
 このようにして得られたパターン形成された塗膜を有する基板を加熱することにより、塗膜を硬化させてパターン付き加工基板を得る。ここで、パターン付き加工基板とは、パターン形成された硬化膜を有する基板のことである。
(III) Step of heating the coated film after development By heating the substrate having the patterned coating film thus obtained, the coated film is cured to obtain a patterned processed substrate. Here, the patterned processed substrate refers to a substrate having a patterned cured film.

 加熱装置としては、例えば、ホットプレート、オーブン等が挙げられる。加熱温度は120~250℃が好ましく、加熱時間は15分間~2時間が好ましい。 Examples of the heating device include a hot plate and an oven. The heating temperature is preferably 120 to 250 ° C., and the heating time is preferably 15 minutes to 2 hours.

 次に、本発明のパターン付き加工基板について説明する。本発明のパターン付き加工基板は、基板上に、前述の本発明の硬化膜からなるパターンを有する。かかるパターンは、高解像度で反射率が高いことから、タッチパネルの白色遮光パターンとして好適に用いることができる。 Next, the patterned processed substrate of the present invention will be described. The patterned processed substrate of the present invention has a pattern made of the above-described cured film of the present invention on the substrate. Since such a pattern has high resolution and high reflectance, it can be suitably used as a white shading pattern for a touch panel.

 基板としては、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法において例示したものが挙げられる。 Examples of the substrate include those exemplified in the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.

 硬化膜パターンを、例えば、タッチパネルの遮光パターンとして用いる場合、遮光パターンの全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視野))は、CIE1976(L*,a*,b*)色空間において、それぞれ82≦L*≦99、-5≦b*≦5、-5≦a*≦5であることが好ましく、82.5≦L*≦97、-2≦b*≦2、-2≦a*≦2であることがより好ましい。上記色特性を有する硬化膜パターンは、例えば、前述の本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物を用いて、前述の好ましい製造方法によりパターン加工することによって得ることができる。 For example, when the cured film pattern is used as a light shielding pattern for a touch panel, the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field of view)) of the light shielding pattern is CIE 1976 (L *, a *, b *). In the color space, it is preferable that 82 ≦ L * ≦ 99, −5 ≦ b * ≦ 5, −5 ≦ a * ≦ 5, 82.5 ≦ L * ≦ 97, −2 ≦ b * ≦ 2, More preferably, −2 ≦ a * ≦ 2. The cured film pattern having the color characteristics can be obtained, for example, by pattern processing using the above-described preferable production method using the above-described negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention.

 次に、本発明の隔壁付き基板について説明する。本発明の隔壁付き基板は、基板上に、前述の硬化膜からなる、パターン形成された隔壁(以下、「隔壁(F-1)」と記載する場合がある)を有する。 Next, the board | substrate with a partition of this invention is demonstrated. The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention has a patterned partition wall (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “partition wall (F-1)”) made of the above-described cured film on the substrate.

 本発明における隔壁とは、画像表示装置の画素数に応じた繰り返しパターンを有するものを指す。画像表示装置の画素数としては、例えば、縦に4000個、横に2000個が挙げられる。画素数は、表示される画像の解像度(きめ細かさ)に影響する。そのため、要求される画像の解像度と画像表示装置の画面サイズに応じた数の画素を形成する必要があり、それに併せて、隔壁のパターン形成寸法を決定することが好ましい。 In the present invention, the partition wall refers to one having a repetitive pattern corresponding to the number of pixels of the image display device. Examples of the number of pixels of the image display device include 4000 vertically and 2000 horizontally. The number of pixels affects the resolution (fineness) of the displayed image. For this reason, it is necessary to form a number of pixels according to the required image resolution and the screen size of the image display device, and it is preferable to determine the pattern formation dimensions of the partition wall accordingly.

 基板は、隔壁付き基板における支持体としての機能を有する。隔壁は、隣接する隔壁間に、後述する色変換発光材料を含有する層を形成し、色変換発光材料を含有する画素を構成した場合に、隣接する画素間における光の混色を防止する機能を有する。本発明において、隔壁(F-1)は、波長550nmにおける厚み10μmあたりの反射率が60%~90%であることが好ましい。反射率を60%以上とすることにより、(F-1)隔壁側面における反射を利用して表示装置の輝度を向上させることができる。一方で、パターン形成精度を向上させる観点から、反射率は、90%以下が好ましい。 The substrate has a function as a support in the substrate with a partition wall. The partition has a function of preventing light color mixing between adjacent pixels when a layer containing a color conversion luminescent material, which will be described later, is formed between adjacent partitions and a pixel containing the color conversion luminescent material is configured. Have. In the present invention, the partition wall (F-1) preferably has a reflectance of 60% to 90% per 10 μm thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm. By setting the reflectance to 60% or more, the luminance of the display device can be improved by utilizing the reflection on the side wall of (F-1) partition wall. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving pattern formation accuracy, the reflectance is preferably 90% or less.

 図1に、パターン形成された隔壁を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2を有する。 FIG. 1 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a patterned partition wall. A patterned partition wall 2 is provided on a substrate 1.

 <基板>
 基板としては、例えば、ガラス板、樹脂板、樹脂フイルムなどが挙げられる。ガラス板の材質としては、無アルカリガラスが好ましい。樹脂板および樹脂フイルムの材質としては、ポリエステル、(メタ)アクリルポリマ、透明ポリイミド、ポリエーテルスルフォン等が好ましい。ガラス板および樹脂板の厚みは、1mm以下が好ましく、0.8mm以下が好ましい。樹脂フイルムの厚みは、100μm以下が好ましい。
<Board>
Examples of the substrate include a glass plate, a resin plate, a resin film, and the like. As the material of the glass plate, alkali-free glass is preferable. As the material for the resin plate and the resin film, polyester, (meth) acrylic polymer, transparent polyimide, polyether sulfone, and the like are preferable. The thickness of the glass plate and the resin plate is preferably 1 mm or less, and preferably 0.8 mm or less. The thickness of the resin film is preferably 100 μm or less.

 <隔壁(F-1)>
 隔壁(F-1)は、波長550nmにおける厚み10μmあたりの反射率が60~90%であることが好ましい。ここで、隔壁(F-1)の厚みとは、基板に対して垂直方向(高さ方向)の隔壁(F-1)の長さを指す。図1に示す隔壁付き基板の場合、隔壁2の厚みは符号Xで表される。なお、隔壁(F-1)の基板に水平方向の長さは、隔壁(F-1)の幅とする。図1に示す隔壁付き基板の場合、隔壁2の幅は符号Lで表される。本発明においては、隔壁側面における反射が表示装置の輝度向上に寄与すると考えられる。一方で、厚みあたりの反射率は、厚み方向および幅方向によらず同じであると考えられるため、本発明においては、隔壁の厚みあたりの反射率に着目する。なお、後述するとおり、隔壁(F-1)の厚みは0.5~50μmが好ましく、幅は5~40μmが好ましい。そこで、本発明においては、隔壁(F-1)の厚みの代表値として10μmを選択し、厚み10μmあたりの反射率に着目した。厚み10μmあたりの反射率が60%未満であると、隔壁側面における反射が小さくなり、表示装置の輝度が不十分となる。反射率が高いほど、隔壁側面における反射が大きくなるため、表示装置の輝度を向上できることから、反射率は、70%以上が好ましい。一方、パターン形成精度を向上させる観点から、反射率は、90%以下が好ましい。隔壁(F-1)の波長550nmにおける厚み10μmあたりの反射率は、高さ方向厚み10μmの隔壁(F-1)について、上面から分光測色計(例えば、コニカミノルタ(株)製CM-2600d)を用いて、SCIモードにより測定することができる。ただし、測定に十分な面積を確保できない場合や、厚み10μmの測定サンプルが採取できない場合において、隔壁(F-1)の組成が既知である場合には、隔壁(F-1)と同組成の厚み10μmのベタ膜を作製し、隔壁(F-1)に代えて、該ベタ膜について反射率を測定してもよい。例えば、隔壁(F-1)を形成した材料を用いて、厚みを10μmとし、パターン形成しないこと以外は隔壁(F-1)の形成と同じ加工条件によりベタ膜を作製し、得られたベタ膜について、上面から、同様に反射率を測定してもよい。なお、反射率を上記範囲にするための手段としては、例えば、前述の本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物を用いて、前述の好ましい製造方法により隔壁をパターン加工することによって得ることができる。
<Partition wall (F-1)>
The partition wall (F-1) preferably has a reflectance of 60 to 90% per 10 μm thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm. Here, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) refers to the length of the partition wall (F-1) perpendicular to the substrate (in the height direction). In the case of the substrate with partition walls shown in FIG. 1, the thickness of the partition walls 2 is represented by the symbol X. Note that the length of the partition wall (F-1) in the horizontal direction is the width of the partition wall (F-1). In the case of the substrate with partition walls shown in FIG. 1, the width of the partition walls 2 is represented by the symbol L. In the present invention, it is considered that the reflection on the side wall of the partition contributes to improvement of the luminance of the display device. On the other hand, since the reflectance per thickness is considered to be the same regardless of the thickness direction and the width direction, the present invention focuses on the reflectance per partition wall thickness. As will be described later, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 0.5 to 50 μm, and the width is preferably 5 to 40 μm. Therefore, in the present invention, 10 μm is selected as the representative value of the thickness of the partition wall (F-1), and attention is paid to the reflectance per 10 μm thickness. When the reflectance per 10 μm thickness is less than 60%, the reflection on the side wall of the partition wall becomes small, and the luminance of the display device becomes insufficient. The higher the reflectance, the greater the reflection on the side wall of the partition wall, so that the luminance of the display device can be improved. Therefore, the reflectance is preferably 70% or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving pattern formation accuracy, the reflectance is preferably 90% or less. The reflectance per 10 μm thickness of the partition wall (F-1) at a wavelength of 550 nm is measured from the top surface of the partition wall (F-1) having a thickness of 10 μm in the height direction (for example, CM-2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.). ) To measure in the SCI mode. However, when a sufficient area for measurement cannot be secured or when a measurement sample having a thickness of 10 μm cannot be collected and the composition of the partition wall (F-1) is known, the same composition as the partition wall (F-1) is obtained. A solid film having a thickness of 10 μm may be prepared, and the reflectance of the solid film may be measured instead of the partition wall (F-1). For example, using the material for forming the partition wall (F-1), forming a solid film under the same processing conditions as the formation of the partition wall (F-1) except that the thickness is 10 μm and no pattern is formed. The reflectance of the film may be similarly measured from the upper surface. In addition, as a means for making a reflectance into the said range, it can obtain by patterning a partition with the above-mentioned preferable manufacturing method, for example using the above-mentioned negative photosensitive coloring composition of this invention. .

 隔壁(F-1)の厚みは、隔壁付き基板が後述する(G)色変換発光材料を含有する層(以下、「色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)」と記載する場合がある)を有する場合、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の厚みよりも大きいことが好ましい。具体的には、隔壁(F-1)の厚みは、0.5μm以上が好ましく、10μm以上がより好ましい。一方、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の底部における発光をより効率良く取り出す観点から、隔壁(F-1)の厚みは、50μm以下が好ましく、20μm以下がより好ましい。また、隔壁(F-1)の幅は、隔壁側面における光反射を利用し輝度を向上させ、光漏れによる、隣接する色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の混色を抑制するために十分なものであればよい。具体的には、隔壁の幅は、5μm以上が好ましく、15μm以上がより好ましい。一方、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の発光領域を多く確保して輝度をより向上させる観点から、隔壁(F-1)の幅は、50μm以下が好ましく、40μm以下がより好ましい。 The thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is such that the substrate with the partition wall contains a (G) color conversion luminescent material described later (hereinafter referred to as “layer containing a color conversion luminescent material (G)”). When it has, it is preferable that it is larger than the thickness of the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material. Specifically, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably 10 μm or more. On the other hand, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 50 μm or less and more preferably 20 μm or less from the viewpoint of more efficiently extracting light emitted from the bottom of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material. Further, the width of the partition wall (F-1) is sufficient to improve the luminance by utilizing light reflection on the side wall of the partition wall and to suppress the color mixture of the layer (G) containing the adjacent color conversion luminescent material due to light leakage. Anything is acceptable. Specifically, the width of the partition wall is preferably 5 μm or more, and more preferably 15 μm or more. On the other hand, the width of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 50 μm or less, and more preferably 40 μm or less, from the viewpoint of securing a large light emitting region of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light emitting material and further improving the luminance.

 隔壁(F-1)の、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートに対する表面接触角は、インクジェット塗布性を向上させ、色変換発光材料の塗り分けを容易にする観点から、10°以上が好ましく、20°以上がより好ましく、40°以上がさらに好ましい。一方、隔壁と基板との密着性を向上させる観点から、隔壁(F-1)の表面接触角は、70°以下が好ましく、60°以下がより好ましい。ここで、隔壁(A-1)の表面接触角は、隔壁上部に対して、JIS R3257(制定年月日:1999/04/20)に規定される基板ガラス表面のぬれ性試験方法に準拠して測定することができる。なお、隔壁(F-1)の表面接触角を前記範囲にする方法としては、例えば、前述の本発明のネガ型感光性着色組成物において、フッ素原子を有する光重合性化合物を含む、ネガ型感光性着色組成物を、前述の好ましい製造方法により隔壁をパターン加工することによって得ることができる。 The surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably 10 ° or more, and preferably 20 ° or more from the viewpoint of improving the ink-jet coating property and facilitating the color conversion light-emitting material. More preferably, it is 40 ° or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the partition and the substrate, the surface contact angle of the partition (F-1) is preferably 70 ° or less, and more preferably 60 ° or less. Here, the surface contact angle of the partition wall (A-1) conforms to the wettability test method for the surface of the substrate glass defined in JIS R3257 (established date: 1999/04/20) with respect to the upper part of the partition wall. Can be measured. In addition, as a method for setting the surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) in the above range, for example, in the above-described negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, a negative type containing a photopolymerizable compound having a fluorine atom is used. A photosensitive coloring composition can be obtained by patterning a partition wall by the above-mentioned preferable manufacturing method.

 <遮光隔壁(F-2)>
 本発明の隔壁付き基板は、前記基板と前記隔壁(F-1)との間に、さらに、さらに、(F-2)厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度が0.1~4.0である、パターン形成された遮光隔壁(以下、「遮光隔壁(F-2)」と記載する場合がある)を有することが好ましい。遮光隔壁(F-2)を有することにより、遮光性を向上させて表示装置におけるバックライトの光漏れを抑制し、高コントラストで鮮明な画像を得ることができる。ここで、遮光隔壁(F-2)は、前記隔壁(F-1)と同じパターン形状に形成されていることが好ましい。
<Shading barrier (F-2)>
In the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention, the optical density per thickness of 1.0 μm is further 0.1 to 4.0 between the substrate and the partition wall (F-1). It is preferable to have a patterned light-shielding partition (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “light-shielding partition (F-2)”). By having the light-shielding partition (F-2), the light-shielding property can be improved, the light leakage of the backlight in the display device can be suppressed, and a clear image with high contrast can be obtained. Here, the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably formed in the same pattern shape as the partition (F-1).

 図9に、遮光隔壁を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2およびパターン形成された遮光隔壁10を有し、隔壁2および遮光隔壁10によって隔てられた領域に色変換発光材料を含有する層3が配列されている。 FIG. 9 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall according to the present invention having a light shielding partition wall. On the substrate 1, a patterned partition wall 2 and a patterned light shielding partition wall 10 are provided, and a layer 3 containing a color conversion light emitting material is arranged in a region separated by the partition wall 2 and the light shielding partition wall 10.

 遮光隔壁(F-2)は、厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度が0.1~4.0である。ここで、遮光隔壁(F-2)の厚みは、後述するとおり、0.5~10μmが好ましい。そこで、本発明においては、隔壁(F-2)の厚みの代表値として1.0μmを選択し、厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度に着目した。厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度を0.1以上とすることにより、遮光性をより向上させ、より高コントラストで鮮明な画像を得ることができる。厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度は、0.5以上がより好ましい。一方、厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度を4.0以下とすることにより、パターン加工性を向上させることができる。厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度は、3.0以下がより好ましい。遮光隔壁(F-2)の光学濃度(OD値)は、光学濃度計(361T(visual);X-rite社製)を用いて入射光および透過光の強度を測定し、下記式(11)より算出することができる。 The light shielding partition (F-2) has an optical density of 0.1 to 4.0 per 1.0 μm thickness. Here, the thickness of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, as will be described later. Therefore, in the present invention, 1.0 μm is selected as the representative value of the thickness of the partition wall (F-2), and attention is paid to the optical density per 1.0 μm thickness. By setting the optical density per thickness of 1.0 μm to 0.1 or more, the light shielding property can be further improved, and a clearer image with higher contrast can be obtained. The optical density per 1.0 μm thickness is more preferably 0.5 or more. On the other hand, when the optical density per 1.0 μm thickness is 4.0 or less, the pattern processability can be improved. The optical density per 1.0 μm thickness is more preferably 3.0 or less. The optical density (OD value) of the light-shielding partition wall (F-2) was measured by measuring the intensity of incident light and transmitted light using an optical densitometer (361T (visual); manufactured by X-rite), and the following formula (11) Can be calculated.

 OD値 = log10(I/I) ・・・ 式(11)
 I : 入射光強度
 I : 透過光強度。
OD value = log10 (I 0 / I) (11)
I 0 : Incident light intensity I: Transmitted light intensity.

 なお、光学濃度を上記範囲にするための手段としては、例えば、遮光隔壁(F-2)を後述する好ましい組成とすることなどが挙げられる。 As a means for setting the optical density within the above range, for example, the light shielding partition (F-2) may have a preferable composition described later.

 遮光隔壁(F-2)の厚みは、遮光性を向上させる観点から、0.5μm以上が好ましく、1.0μm以上がより好ましい。一方、平坦性を向上させる観点から、遮光隔壁(F-2)の厚みは、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましい。また、遮光隔壁(F-2)の幅は、前述の隔壁(F-1)と同程度が好ましい。 The thickness of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, from the viewpoint of improving the light shielding property. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving flatness, the thickness of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably 10 μm or less, and more preferably 5 μm or less. The width of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably about the same as that of the partition (F-1).

 遮光隔壁(F-2)は、樹脂および黒色顔料を含有することが好ましい。樹脂は、隔壁のクラック耐性および耐光性を向上させる機能を有する。黒色顔料は、入射した光を吸収し、射出光を低減する機能を有する。 The light shielding partition (F-2) preferably contains a resin and a black pigment. The resin has a function of improving crack resistance and light resistance of the partition walls. The black pigment has a function of absorbing incident light and reducing emitted light.

 樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、(メタ)アクリルポリマ、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル、ポリイミド、ポリオレフィン、ポリシロキサンなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。これらの中でも、耐熱性および溶媒耐性に優れることから、ポリイミドが好ましい。 Examples of the resin include epoxy resin, (meth) acrylic polymer, polyurethane, polyester, polyimide, polyolefin, polysiloxane, and the like. Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, polyimide is preferable because of excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance.

 黒色顔料としては、例えば、黒色有機顔料、混色有機顔料、無機顔料等が挙げられる。黒色有機顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、ペリレンブラックアニリンブラック、ベンゾフラノン系顔料などが挙げられる。これらは、樹脂で被覆されていてもよい。混色有機顔料としては、例えば、赤、青、緑、紫、黄色、マゼンダおよび/またはシアン等の2種以上の顔料を混合して疑似黒色化したものが挙げられる。黒色無機顔料としては、例えば、グラファイト;チタン、銅、鉄、マンガン、コバルト、クロム、ニッケル、亜鉛、カルシウム、銀等の金属の微粒子;金属酸化物;金属複合酸化物;金属硫化物;金属窒化物;金属酸窒化物;金属炭化物などが挙げられる。 Examples of black pigments include black organic pigments, mixed color organic pigments, and inorganic pigments. Examples of black organic pigments include carbon black, perylene black aniline black, and benzofuranone pigments. These may be coated with a resin. Examples of the mixed color organic pigment include those obtained by mixing two or more pigments such as red, blue, green, violet, yellow, magenta and / or cyan to be pseudo black. Examples of black inorganic pigments include graphite; fine particles of metals such as titanium, copper, iron, manganese, cobalt, chromium, nickel, zinc, calcium, silver; metal oxides; metal composite oxides; metal sulfides; Metal oxynitrides; metal carbides and the like.

 基板上に遮光隔壁(F-2)をパターン形成する方法としては、例えば、特開2015-1654号公報に記載の感光性材料を用いて、前述の隔壁(F-1)と同様に感光性ペースト法によりパターン形成する方法が好ましい。 As a method for patterning the light shielding partition (F-2) on the substrate, for example, a photosensitive material described in JP-A-2015-1654 is used, and the photosensitive property is the same as that of the partition (F-1) described above. A method of forming a pattern by a paste method is preferred.

 本発明の隔壁付き基板は、隣接する、前記隔壁(F-1)間に、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)が形成されていることが好ましい。色変換発光材料を含有する層は、入射光の波長領域の少なくとも一部を変換して、入射光とは異なる波長領域の出射光を放出することにより、カラー表示する機能を有する。また、本発明の隔壁付き基板を画像表示装置に用いた場合、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)は、一般的に、画素と呼ばれることがある。 In the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention, it is preferable that a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material is formed between the adjacent partition walls (F-1). The layer containing the color conversion light-emitting material has a function of performing color display by converting at least part of the wavelength region of incident light and emitting emitted light in a wavelength region different from the incident light. In addition, when the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention is used for an image display device, the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material may be generally called a pixel.

 図2に、パターン形成された隔壁と色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2を有し、隔壁2によって隔てられた領域に色変換発光材料を含有する層3が配列されている。 FIG. 2 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a patterned partition wall and a layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material. On the substrate 1, a patterned partition wall 2 is provided, and a layer 3 containing a color conversion luminescent material is arranged in a region separated by the partition wall 2.

 色変換発光材料は、無機蛍光体および/または有機蛍光体を含有することが好ましい。例えば、青色光を発光するバックライトと、TFTにより駆動される液晶セルと、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)を有するカラーフィルターとを組み合わせた表示装置の場合、赤色画素に対応する領域には、青色の励起光により励起されて赤色の蛍光を発する赤色用蛍光体を含有することが好ましく、緑色画素に対応する領域には、青色の励起光により励起されて緑色の蛍光を発する緑色用蛍光体を含有することが好ましく、青色画素に対応する領域には、蛍光体を含有しないことが好ましい。一方、白色の隔壁によって分離された、各画素に対応した青色マイクロLEDをバックライトとして用いる方式の表示装置にも、本発明の隔壁付き基板を用いることができる。各画素のON/OFFは、青色マイクロLEDのON/OFFによって可能となり、液晶は必要ない。この場合、基板上において各画素を分離する隔壁と、バックライトにおいて青色マイクロLEDを分離する隔壁との2種の隔壁を有することが好ましい。 The color conversion luminescent material preferably contains an inorganic phosphor and / or an organic phosphor. For example, in the case of a display device in which a backlight that emits blue light, a liquid crystal cell driven by a TFT, and a color filter having a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material is combined, a region corresponding to a red pixel Preferably contains a red phosphor that emits red fluorescence when excited by blue excitation light, and the region corresponding to the green pixel emits green fluorescence when excited by blue excitation light. It is preferable that the fluorescent material is contained, and it is preferable that the region corresponding to the blue pixel does not contain the fluorescent material. On the other hand, the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention can also be used for a display device using a blue micro LED corresponding to each pixel separated by a white partition wall as a backlight. Each pixel can be turned on / off by turning on / off the blue micro LED, and no liquid crystal is required. In this case, it is preferable to have two types of partition walls, a partition wall for separating each pixel on the substrate and a partition wall for separating the blue micro LED in the backlight.

 無機蛍光体は、発光スペクトルのピーク波長により、緑色や赤色などの各色を発光する。無機蛍光体としては、波長400~500nmの励起光により励起され、発光スペクトルが500~700nmの領域にピークを有するものや、量子ドットと称される無機半導体微粒子などが挙げられる。前者の無機蛍光体の形状としては、例えば、球状、柱状などが挙げられる。かかる無機蛍光体としては、例えば、YAG系蛍光体、TAG系蛍光体、サイアロン系蛍光体、Mn4+付活フッ化物錯体蛍光体等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 The inorganic phosphor emits each color such as green and red depending on the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum. Examples of the inorganic phosphor include those excited by excitation light having a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm and having a peak in the region of the emission spectrum of 500 to 700 nm, and inorganic semiconductor fine particles called quantum dots. Examples of the shape of the former inorganic phosphor include a spherical shape and a columnar shape. Examples of such inorganic phosphors include YAG phosphors, TAG phosphors, sialon phosphors, and Mn 4+ activated fluoride complex phosphors. Two or more of these may be used.

 これらの中でも、量子ドットが好ましい。量子ドットは他の蛍光体に比較して平均粒子径が小さいことから、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の表面を平滑化して表面における光散乱を抑制することができるため、光の取り出し効率をより向上させ、輝度をより向上させることができる。 Among these, quantum dots are preferable. Since the quantum dot has a smaller average particle diameter than other phosphors, the surface of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material can be smoothed and light scattering on the surface can be suppressed. The extraction efficiency can be further improved and the luminance can be further improved.

 量子ドットの材料としては、例えば、II-IV族、III-V族、IV-VI族、IV族の半導体などが挙げられる。これらの無機半導体としては、例えば、Si、Ge、Sn、Se、Te、B、C(ダイアモンドを含む)、P、BN、BP、BAs、AlN、AlP、AlAs、AlSb、GaN、GaP、GaAs、GaSb、InN、InP、InAs、InSb、ZnO、ZnS、ZnSe、ZnTe、CdS、CdSe、CdSeZn、CdTe、HgS、HgSe、HgTe、BeS、BeSe、BeTe、MgS、MgSe、GeS、GeSe、GeTe、SnS、SnSe、SnTe、PbO、PbS、PbSe、PbTe、CuF、CuCl、CuBr、CuI、Si、Ge、Alなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 Examples of the material of the quantum dots include II-IV, III-V, IV-VI, and IV group semiconductors. Examples of these inorganic semiconductors include Si, Ge, Sn, Se, Te, B, C (including diamond), P, BN, BP, BAs, AlN, AlP, AlAs, AlSb, GaN, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InN, InP, InAs, InSb, ZnO, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, CdS, CdSe, CdSeZn, CdTe, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, BeS, BeSe, BeTe, MgS, MgSe, GeS, GeSe, GeTe Examples thereof include SnSe, SnTe, PbO, PbS, PbSe, PbTe, CuF, CuCl, CuBr, CuI, Si 3 N 4 , Ge 3 N 4 , and Al 2 O 3 . Two or more of these may be used.

 量子ドットは、p型ドーパントまたはn型ドーパントを含有してもよい。また、量子ドットは、コアシェル構造を有してもよい。コアシェル構造においては、シェルの周囲に目的に応じて任意の適切な機能層(単一層または複数層)が形成されていてもよく、シェル表面に表面処理および/または化学修飾がなされていてもよい。 The quantum dot may contain a p-type dopant or an n-type dopant. The quantum dot may have a core-shell structure. In the core-shell structure, any appropriate functional layer (single layer or multiple layers) may be formed around the shell according to the purpose, and surface treatment and / or chemical modification may be performed on the shell surface. .

 量子ドットの形状としては、例えば、球状、柱状、燐片状、板状、不定形等が挙げられる。量子ドットの平均粒子径は、所望の発光波長に応じて選択することができ、1~30nmが好ましい。量子ドットの平均粒子径が1~10nmであれば、青色、緑色および赤色のそれぞれにおいて、発光スペクトルにおけるピークをよりシャープにすることができる。例えば、量子ドットの平均粒子径が約2nmの場合には青色光を、約3nmの場合には緑色光を、約6nmの場合には赤色光を発光する。量子ドットの平均粒子径は2nm以上が好ましく、8nm以下が好ましい。量子ドットの平均粒子径は、動的光散乱法により測定することができる。平均粒子径の測定装置としては、ダイナミック光散乱光度計DLS-8000(大塚電子(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the shape of the quantum dot include a spherical shape, a columnar shape, a flake shape, a plate shape, and an indeterminate shape. The average particle diameter of the quantum dots can be selected according to the desired emission wavelength, and is preferably 1 to 30 nm. If the average particle diameter of the quantum dots is 1 to 10 nm, the peak in the emission spectrum can be made sharper in each of blue, green and red. For example, blue light is emitted when the average particle diameter of the quantum dots is about 2 nm, green light is emitted when it is about 3 nm, and red light is emitted when it is about 6 nm. The average particle size of the quantum dots is preferably 2 nm or more, and preferably 8 nm or less. The average particle diameter of the quantum dots can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method. Examples of the measuring device for the average particle diameter include a dynamic light scattering photometer DLS-8000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.).

 有機蛍光体としては、例えば、青色の励起光により励起され赤色の蛍光を発する蛍光体として、下記構造式(8)で表される基本骨格を有するピロメテン誘導体、青色の励起光により励起され緑色の蛍光を発する蛍光体として、下記構造式(9)で表される基本骨格を有するピロメテン誘導体などが挙げられる。その他には、置換基の選択により赤色または緑色の蛍光を発するペリレン系誘導体、ポルフィリン系誘導体、オキサジン系誘導体、ピラジン系誘導体などが挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。これらの中でも、量子収率が高いことから、ピロメテン誘導体が好ましい。ピロメテン誘導体は、例えば、特開2011-241160号公報に記載の方法により得ることができる。 Examples of the organic phosphor include a pyromethene derivative having a basic skeleton represented by the following structural formula (8), a phosphor that emits red fluorescence when excited by blue excitation light, and a green phosphor that is excited by blue excitation light. Examples of the fluorescent substance that emits fluorescence include a pyromethene derivative having a basic skeleton represented by the following structural formula (9). In addition, perylene derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, oxazine derivatives, pyrazine derivatives, and the like that emit red or green fluorescence by selecting a substituent. Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, pyromethene derivatives are preferable because of their high quantum yield. The pyromethene derivative can be obtained, for example, by the method described in JP2011-241160A.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 有機蛍光体は溶媒に可溶なため、所望の厚みの色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)を容易に形成することができる。 Since the organic phosphor is soluble in a solvent, a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material having a desired thickness can be easily formed.

 色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の厚みは、色特性を向上させる観点から、0.5μm以上が好ましく、1μm以上がより好ましい。一方、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の厚みは、表示装置の薄型化や曲面加工性の観点から、30μm以下が好ましく、20μm以下がより好ましい。 The thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, from the viewpoint of improving color characteristics. On the other hand, the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is preferably 30 μm or less, and more preferably 20 μm or less, from the viewpoint of thinning the display device and curved surface processability.

 画像表示装置において、色変換発光材料を含有する層の大きさは、20~200μm程度が一般的である。 In the image display device, the size of the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material is generally about 20 to 200 μm.

 色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)は、隔壁(F-1)によって隔てられて配列していることが好ましい。隣接する色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の間に隔壁を設けることにより、発光した光の拡散や混色をより抑制することができる。 The layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is preferably arranged separated by a partition wall (F-1). By providing the partition between the layers (G) containing the adjacent color conversion light-emitting material, diffusion and color mixing of emitted light can be further suppressed.

 色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の形成方法としては、例えば、色変換発光材料を含有する色変換発光材料塗液を、隔壁(F-1)によって隔てられた空間に充填する方法が挙げられる。色変換発光材料塗液は、さらに樹脂や溶媒を含有してもよい。 As a method for forming the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material, for example, there is a method of filling the space separated by the partition wall (F-1) with the color conversion luminescent material coating liquid containing the color conversion luminescent material. Can be mentioned. The color conversion light emitting material coating liquid may further contain a resin or a solvent.

 色変換発光材料塗液の充填方法としては、各画素に種類の異なる色変換発光材料を容易に塗り分ける観点から、インクジェット塗布法などが好ましい。 As a filling method of the color conversion luminescent material coating liquid, an inkjet coating method or the like is preferable from the viewpoint of easily applying different types of color conversion luminescent materials to each pixel.

 得られた塗布膜を減圧乾燥および/または加熱乾燥してもよい。減圧乾燥する場合、乾燥溶媒が減圧チャンバー内壁に再凝縮することを防ぐために、減圧乾燥温度は、80℃以下が好ましい。減圧乾燥の圧力は、塗布膜に含まれる溶媒の蒸気圧以下が好ましく、1~1000Paが好ましい。減圧乾燥時間は、10~600秒間が好ましい。加熱乾燥する場合、加熱乾燥装置としては、例えば、オーブンやホットプレートなどが挙げられる。加熱乾燥温度は、60~200℃が好ましい。加熱乾燥時間は、1~60分間が好ましい。 The obtained coating film may be dried under reduced pressure and / or heat. In the case of drying under reduced pressure, the drying temperature under reduced pressure is preferably 80 ° C. or lower in order to prevent the drying solvent from recondensing on the inner wall of the vacuum chamber. The vacuum drying pressure is preferably not higher than the vapor pressure of the solvent contained in the coating film, and preferably 1 to 1000 Pa. The drying time under reduced pressure is preferably 10 to 600 seconds. In the case of heating and drying, examples of the heating and drying apparatus include an oven and a hot plate. The heating and drying temperature is preferably 60 to 200 ° C. The heat drying time is preferably 1 to 60 minutes.

 本発明の隔壁付き基板は、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)上に、さらに、(H)波長550nmにおける屈折率が1.20~1.35である低屈折率層(以下、「低屈折率層(H)」と記載する場合がある)を有することが好ましい。低屈折率層(H)を有することにより、光の取り出し効率をより向上させ、表示装置の輝度をより向上させることができる。 The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention is further provided on a layer (G) containing a color-converting light-emitting material and (H) a low refractive index layer (hereinafter referred to as “a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm”). It may preferably be described as “low refractive index layer (H)”. By having the low refractive index layer (H), the light extraction efficiency can be further improved, and the luminance of the display device can be further improved.

 図3に、低屈折率層を有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2および色変換発光材料を含有する層3を有し、これらの上に、さらに低屈折率層4を有する。 FIG. 3 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer. On the substrate 1, a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color conversion light emitting material are provided, and a low refractive index layer 4 is further provided thereon.

 表示装置において、バックライトの光の反射を適度に抑えて色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)に効率よく光を入射させる観点から、低屈折率層(H)の屈折率は、1.20以上が好ましく、1.23以上がより好ましい。一方、輝度を向上させる観点から、低屈折率層(H)の屈折率は、1.35以下が好ましく、1.30以下がより好ましい。ここで、低屈折率層(H)の屈折率は、プリズムカプラー(PC-2000(Metricon(株)製))を用いて、大気圧下、20℃の条件で、硬化膜面に対し垂直方向から波長550nmの光を照射して測定することができる。 In the display device, the refractive index of the low-refractive index layer (H) is 1. from the viewpoint of allowing light to be efficiently incident on the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material with moderate reflection of light from the backlight. 20 or more is preferable, and 1.23 or more is more preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving luminance, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 1.35 or less, and more preferably 1.30 or less. Here, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) is perpendicular to the cured film surface using a prism coupler (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon)) at 20 ° C. under atmospheric pressure. To irradiate light with a wavelength of 550 nm.

 低屈折率層(H)は、ポリシロキサンと中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子を含有することが好ましい。ポリシロキサンは、シリカ粒子などの無機粒子との相溶性が高く、透明な層を形成することができるバインダーとして機能する。また、シリカ粒子を含有することにより、低屈折率層(H)の中に微小な空隙を効率よく形成して屈折率を低減することができ、屈折率を前述の範囲に容易に調整することができる。さらに、シリカ粒子として、中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子を用いることにより、硬化収縮時のクラックを生じやすい中空構造を有しないため、クラックを抑制することができる。なお、低屈折率層(H)において、ポリシロキサンと中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子は、それぞれ独立して含有されていてもよいし、ポリシロキサンと中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子とが結合した状態で含有されていてもよい。低屈折率層(H)の均一性の観点から、ポリシロキサンと中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子とが結合した状態で含有されていることが好ましい。 The low refractive index layer (H) preferably contains polysiloxane and silica particles having no hollow structure. Polysiloxane is highly compatible with inorganic particles such as silica particles and functions as a binder capable of forming a transparent layer. In addition, by containing silica particles, it is possible to efficiently form minute voids in the low refractive index layer (H) to reduce the refractive index, and to easily adjust the refractive index to the above range. Can do. Furthermore, by using silica particles that do not have a hollow structure as silica particles, cracks can be suppressed because there is no hollow structure that is liable to cause cracks during curing shrinkage. In the low refractive index layer (H), the polysiloxane and the silica particles having no hollow structure may be contained independently, or the polysiloxane and the silica particles having no hollow structure are combined. It may be contained. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the low refractive index layer (H), the polysiloxane and the silica particles having no hollow structure are preferably contained in a combined state.

 低屈折率層(H)に含まれるポリシロキサンは、フッ素を含有することが好ましい。ポリシロキサンがフッ素を含有することにより、低屈折率層(H)の屈折率を1.20~1.35に容易に調整することができる。フッ素含有ポリシロキサンは、下記一般式(10)で表されるフッ素含有アルコキシシラン化合物を含むアルコキシシラン化合物を加水分解および重縮合することにより得ることができる。さらに他のアルコキシシラン化合物を用いてもよい。 The polysiloxane contained in the low refractive index layer (H) preferably contains fluorine. When the polysiloxane contains fluorine, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) can be easily adjusted to 1.20 to 1.35. The fluorine-containing polysiloxane can be obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation of an alkoxysilane compound including a fluorine-containing alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (10). Further, other alkoxysilane compounds may be used.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 上記一般式(10)中、R13はフッ素数3~17のフルオロアルキル基を表す。Rは、一般式(4)~(6)におけるRと同じ基を表す。mは1または2を表す。4-m個のRおよびm個のR13は、それぞれ同じでも異なってもよい。 In the general formula (10), R 13 represents a fluoroalkyl group having 3 to 17 fluorine atoms. R 7 represents the same group as R 7 in formulas (4) to (6). m represents 1 or 2. 4-m R 7 and m R 13 may be the same or different.

 一般式(10)で表されるフッ素含有アルコキシシラン化合物としては、例えば、トリフルオロエチルトリメトキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルトリエトキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルトリイソプロポキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルトリエトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルトリイソプロポキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルトリメトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルトリエトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルトリイソプロポキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルトリエトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルトリメトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルトリイソプロポキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルメチルジメトキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルメチルジエトキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルメチルジイソプロポキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルメチルジイソプロポキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルメチルジメトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルメチルジエトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルメチルジイソプロポキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルメチルジメトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルメチルジエトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルメチルジイソプロポキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルエチルジメトキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルエチルジエトキシシラン、トリフルオロエチルエチルジイソプロポキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルエチルジメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルエチルジエトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルエチルジイソプロポキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルエチルジメトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルエチルジエトキシシラン、ヘプタデカフルオロデシルエチルジイソプロポキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルエチルジエトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルエチルジメトキシシラン、トリデカフルオロオクチルエチルジイソプロポキシシランなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよい。 Examples of the fluorine-containing alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (10) include trifluoroethyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoroethyltriethoxysilane, trifluoroethyltriisopropoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, and trifluoro. Propyltriethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltriisopropoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecyltrimethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecyltriethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecyltriisopropoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltriethoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyl Trimethoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyltriisopropoxysilane, trifluoroethylmethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoroethylmethyldi Toxisilane, trifluoroethylmethyldiisopropoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldiisopropoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecylmethyldimethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecylmethyldiethoxy Silane, heptadecafluorodecylmethyldiisopropoxysilane, tridecafluorooctylmethyldimethoxysilane, tridecafluorooctylmethyldiethoxysilane, tridecafluorooctylmethyldiisopropoxysilane, trifluoroethylethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoroethylethyl Diethoxysilane, trifluoroethylethyldiisopropoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldimeth Sisilane, trifluoropropylethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldiisopropoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecylethyldimethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecylethyldiethoxysilane, heptadecafluorodecylethyldiisopropoxysilane, tridecafluorooctyl Examples include ethyldiethoxysilane, tridecafluorooctylethyldimethoxysilane, and tridecafluorooctylethyldiisopropoxysilane. Two or more of these may be used.

 低屈折率層(H)におけるポリシロキサンの含有量は、クラックを抑制する観点から、4重量%以上が好ましい。一方、ポリシロキサンの含有量は、シリカ粒子間のネットワークによるチキソ性を確保し、低屈折率層(H)中に適度に空気層を保ち屈折率をより低減する観点から、32重量%以下が好ましい。 The content of polysiloxane in the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 4% by weight or more from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks. On the other hand, the content of the polysiloxane is 32% by weight or less from the viewpoint of ensuring thixotropy due to the network between silica particles and maintaining a moderate air layer in the low refractive index layer (H) to further reduce the refractive index. preferable.

 低屈折率層(H)における中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子としては、例えば、日産化学工業(株)製“スノーテックス”(登録商標)や“オルガノシリカゾル”(登録商標)シリーズ(イソプロピルアルコール分散液、エチレングリコール分散液、メチルエチルケトン分散液、ジメチルアセトアミド分散液、メチルイソブチルケトン分散液、プロピレングリコールモノメチルアセテート分散液、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル分散液、メタノール分散液、酢酸エチル分散液、酢酸ブチル分散液、キシレン-n-ブタノール分散液、トルエン分散液など。品番PGM-ST、PMA-ST、IPA-ST、IPA-ST-L、IPA-ST-ZL、IPA-ST-UPなど)が挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。 Examples of silica particles having no hollow structure in the low refractive index layer (H) include “Snowtex” (registered trademark) and “organosilica sol” (registered trademark) series (isopropyl alcohol dispersions) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. , Ethylene glycol dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone dispersion, dimethylacetamide dispersion, methyl isobutyl ketone dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methanol dispersion, ethyl acetate dispersion, butyl acetate dispersion, xylene -N-butanol dispersion, toluene dispersion, etc., such as PGM-ST, PMA-ST, IPA-ST, IPA-ST-L, IPA-ST-ZL, IPA-ST-UP). Two or more of these may be contained.

 低屈折率層(H)中における中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子の含有量は、シリカ粒子間のネットワークによるチキソ性を確保し、低屈折率層(H)中に適度に空気層を保ち屈折率をより低減する観点から、68重量%以上が好ましい。一方、中空構造を有しないシリカ粒子の含有量は、クラックを抑制する観点から、96重量%以下が好ましい。 The content of silica particles having no hollow structure in the low refractive index layer (H) ensures thixotropy due to the network between the silica particles, and an air layer is appropriately kept in the low refractive index layer (H). From the viewpoint of further reducing the amount, 68% by weight or more is preferable. On the other hand, the content of silica particles having no hollow structure is preferably 96% by weight or less from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks.

 低屈折率層(H)の厚みは、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の段差をカバーして欠陥の発生を抑制する観点から、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.5μm以上がより好ましい。一方、低屈折率層(H)の厚みは、低屈折率層(H)のクラックの原因となるストレスを低減する観点から、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましい。 The thickness of the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of defects by covering the steps of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material. preferable. On the other hand, the thickness of the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 20 μm or less and more preferably 10 μm or less from the viewpoint of reducing stress that causes cracks in the low refractive index layer (H).

 低屈折率層(H)の形成方法としては、形成方法が容易であることから、塗布法が好ましい。例えば、ポリシロキサンとシリカ粒子を含有する低屈折率用樹脂組成物を、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)上に塗布し、乾燥したのち、加熱することにより、低屈折率層(H)を形成することができる。 As a method for forming the low refractive index layer (H), a coating method is preferable because the forming method is easy. For example, a low refractive index resin composition containing polysiloxane and silica particles is applied on a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material, dried and then heated, whereby a low refractive index layer (H ) Can be formed.

 また、本発明の隔壁付き基板は、前記低屈折率層(H)上に、さらに、(I-1)厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層Iを有することが好ましい。無機保護層Iを有することにより、大気中の水分が低屈折率層(H)に到達しにくくなるため、低屈折率層(H)の屈折率変動を抑制し、輝度劣化を抑制することができる。 The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further comprises (I-1) an inorganic protective layer I having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm on the low refractive index layer (H). By having the inorganic protective layer I, it becomes difficult for moisture in the atmosphere to reach the low refractive index layer (H), so that fluctuations in the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) can be suppressed and luminance degradation can be suppressed. it can.

 図4に、低屈折率層および無機保護層Iを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2および色変換発光材料を含有する層3を有し、これらの上に、さらに低屈折率層4および無機保護層I(5)をこの順に有する。 FIG. 4 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer I. On the substrate 1, a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color conversion luminescent material are provided, and a low refractive index layer 4 and an inorganic protective layer I (5) are further provided in this order.

 また、本発明の隔壁付き基板は、前記低屈折率層(H)の下に、さらに、(I-2)厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層IIを有することが好ましい。無機保護層IIを有することにより、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)から、低屈折率層に、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)を形成する原料が移動しにくくなるため、低屈折率層(H)の屈折率変動を抑制し、輝度劣化を抑制することができる。 The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further comprises (I-2) an inorganic protective layer II having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm under the low refractive index layer (H). By having the inorganic protective layer II, the raw material for forming the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material is less likely to move from the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material to the low refractive index layer. It is possible to suppress the refractive index variation of the low refractive index layer (H) and suppress the luminance deterioration.

 図5に、低屈折率層および無機保護層IIを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2および色変換発光材料を含有する層3を有し、これらの上に、さらに無機保護層II(6)および低屈折率層4をこの順に有する。 FIG. 5 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer II. On the substrate 1, a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color conversion light-emitting material are provided, and an inorganic protective layer II (6) and a low refractive index layer 4 are further provided in this order.

 また、本発明の隔壁付き基板は、基板と色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の間に、さらに、(J)厚み1~5μmのカラーフィルター(以下、「カラーフィルター(J)」と記載する場合がある)を有することが好ましい。カラーフィルター(J)は、特定波長域の可視光を透過させて透過光を所望の色相とする機能を有する。カラーフィルター(J)を有することにより、色純度を向上させることができる。カラーフィルター(J)の厚みを1μm以上とすることにより、色純度をより向上させることができる。一方、カラーフィルター(J)の厚みを5μm以下とすることにより、表示装置の輝度をより向上させることができる。 Further, the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention is further provided with (J) a color filter having a thickness of 1 to 5 μm (hereinafter referred to as “color filter (J)”) between the substrate and the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material. It may be preferred to have). The color filter (J) has a function of transmitting visible light in a specific wavelength range to make the transmitted light have a desired hue. By having the color filter (J), the color purity can be improved. By setting the thickness of the color filter (J) to 1 μm or more, the color purity can be further improved. On the other hand, the brightness of the display device can be further improved by setting the thickness of the color filter (J) to 5 μm or less.

 図6に、カラーフィルターを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2およびカラーフィルター7を有し、カラーフィルター7上に色変換発光材料を含有する層3を有する。 FIG. 6 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a color filter. The substrate 1 has a patterned partition wall 2 and a color filter 7, and the color filter 7 has a layer 3 containing a color conversion luminescent material.

 カラーフィルターとしては、例えば、液晶ディスプレイ等のフラットパネルディスプレイに用いられる、フォトレジストに顔料を分散させた顔料分散型材料を用いたカラーフィルターなどを用いることができる。より具体的には、400nm~550nmの波長を選択的に透過する青色カラーフィルター、500nm~600nmの波長を選択的に透過する緑色カラーフィルター、500nm以上の波長を選択的に透過する黄色カラーフィルター、600nm以上の波長を選択的に透過する赤色カラーフィルターなどが挙げられる。また、カラーフィルターは、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)から離隔して積層されていてもよいし、一体化して積層されていてもよい。 As the color filter, for example, a color filter using a pigment-dispersed material in which a pigment is dispersed in a photoresist used for a flat panel display such as a liquid crystal display can be used. More specifically, a blue color filter that selectively transmits wavelengths of 400 nm to 550 nm, a green color filter that selectively transmits wavelengths of 500 nm to 600 nm, a yellow color filter that selectively transmits wavelengths of 500 nm or more, Examples thereof include a red color filter that selectively transmits a wavelength of 600 nm or more. Moreover, the color filter may be laminated | stacked separately from the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material, and may be laminated | stacked integrally.

 また、本発明の隔壁付き基板は、前記カラーフィルター(J)と色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の間に、さらに(I-3)厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層IIIを有することが好ましい。無機保護層IIIを有することにより、カラーフィルター(J)から、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)に、カラーフィルター(J)の形成原料が到達しにくくなるため、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の輝度変動を抑制することができる。 The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention further comprises (I-3) an inorganic protective layer III having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm between the color filter (J) and the layer (G) containing a color conversion light emitting material. It is preferable to have. By containing the inorganic protective layer III, it is difficult for the color filter (J) forming material to reach the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material from the color filter (J). The luminance fluctuation of the layer (G) to be performed can be suppressed.

 図7に、カラーフィルターおよび無機保護層IIIを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、パターン形成された隔壁2およびカラーフィルター7を有し、これらの上に、無機保護層III(8)を有し、無機保護層III(8)で覆われた隔壁2で隔てられて配列した色変換発光材料を含有する層3を有する。 FIG. 7 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a color filter and an inorganic protective layer III. On the substrate 1, a patterned partition wall 2 and a color filter 7 are provided, on which an inorganic protective layer III (8) is provided and separated by a partition wall 2 covered with the inorganic protective layer III (8). And having a layer 3 containing the arranged and color-converting luminescent material.

 また、本発明の隔壁付き基板は、前記基板上に、さらに(I-4)厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層IVを有することが好ましい。無機保護層IVが屈折率調整層として作用し、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)から出る光をより効率的に取り出し、表示装置の輝度をより向上させることができる。無機保護層IVを、基板と隔壁(F)および色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)との間に有することがより好ましい。 The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further comprises (I-4) an inorganic protective layer IV having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm on the substrate. The inorganic protective layer IV acts as a refractive index adjusting layer, and can extract light emitted from the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material more efficiently and further improve the luminance of the display device. It is more preferable to have the inorganic protective layer IV between the substrate and the partition wall (F) and the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material.

 図8に、無機保護層IVを有する本発明の隔壁付き基板の一態様の断面図を示す。基板1上に、無機保護層IV(9)を有し、これらの上にパターン形成された隔壁2およびカラーフィルター7を有し、これらの上に、パターン形成された隔壁2および色変換発光材料を含有する層3を有する。 FIG. 8 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having the inorganic protective layer IV. The substrate 1 has the inorganic protective layer IV (9), the partition wall 2 and the color filter 7 patterned thereon, and the patterned partition wall 2 and the color conversion light-emitting material formed thereon. A layer 3 containing

 無機保護層I~IVを構成する材料としては、例えば、酸化ケイ素、酸化インジウムスズ、酸化ガリウム亜鉛などの金属酸化物;窒化ケイ素などの金属窒化物;フッ化マグネシウムなどのフッ化物等が挙げられる。これらを2種以上含有してもよい。これらの中でも、水蒸気透過性が低く、透過性が高いことから、窒化ケイ素および酸化ケイ素から選ばれた1種以上がより好ましい。 Examples of materials constituting the inorganic protective layers I to IV include metal oxides such as silicon oxide, indium tin oxide, and gallium zinc oxide; metal nitrides such as silicon nitride; fluorides such as magnesium fluoride, and the like. . Two or more of these may be contained. Among these, one or more selected from silicon nitride and silicon oxide is more preferable because of low water vapor permeability and high permeability.

 無機保護層I~IVの厚みは、水蒸気等の物質透過を充分に抑制する観点から、50nm以上が好ましく、100nm以上がより好ましい。一方、透過率の低下を抑制する観点から、無機保護層I~IVの厚みは、800nm以下が好ましく、500nm以下がより好ましい。 The thickness of the inorganic protective layers I to IV is preferably 50 nm or more, and more preferably 100 nm or more, from the viewpoint of sufficiently suppressing permeation of substances such as water vapor. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in transmittance, the thickness of the inorganic protective layers I to IV is preferably 800 nm or less, and more preferably 500 nm or less.

 無機保護層I~IVの厚みは、クロスセクションポリッシャー等の研磨装置を用いて、基板に対して垂直な断面を露出させ、走査型電子顕微鏡または透過型電子顕微鏡を用いて断面を拡大観察することにより測定することができる。 For the thickness of the inorganic protective layers I to IV, use a polishing apparatus such as a cross section polisher to expose a cross section perpendicular to the substrate, and observe the cross section with a scanning electron microscope or a transmission electron microscope. Can be measured.

 無機保護層I~IVの形成方法としては、例えば、スパッタ法などが挙げられる。 Examples of the method for forming the inorganic protective layers I to IV include a sputtering method.

 次に、本発明の表示装置について説明する。本発明の表示装置は、前記隔壁付き基板と、発光光源とを有する。発光光源としては、液晶セル、有機ELセル、ミニLEDセルおよびマイクロLEDセルから選ばれた光源が好ましい。発光特性に優れることから、有機ELセルがより好ましい。 Next, the display device of the present invention will be described. The display apparatus of this invention has the said board | substrate with a partition and a light emission light source. The light source is preferably a light source selected from a liquid crystal cell, an organic EL cell, a mini LED cell, and a micro LED cell. An organic EL cell is more preferable because of its excellent emission characteristics.

 本発明の表示装置の製造方法について、本発明の隔壁付き基板と有機ELセルを有する表示装置の一例を挙げて説明する。ガラス基板上に、感光性ポリイミド樹脂を塗布し、フォトリソグラフィー法により絶縁膜を形成する。背面電極層としてアルミニウムをスパッタした後、フォトリソグラフィー法によりパターニングを行い、絶縁膜の無い開口部に背面電極層を形成する。続いて、電子輸送層としてトリス(8-キノリノラト)アルミニウム(以下、Alq3と略す)を真空蒸着法により成膜した後、発光層としてAlq3にジシアノメチレンピラン、キナクリドン、4,4’-ビス(2,2-ジフェニルビニル)ビフェニルをドーピングした白色発光層を形成する。次に、正孔輸送層としてN,N’-ジフェニル-N,N’-ビス(α-ナフチル)-1,1’-ビフェニル-4,4’-ジアミンを真空蒸着法にて成膜する。最後に、透明電極としてITOをスパッタリングにて成膜し、白色発光層を有する有機ELセルを作製する。このようにして得られた有機ELセルを前述の隔壁付き基板と対向させて封止剤により貼り合せることにより、表示装置を作製した。 The manufacturing method of the display device of the present invention will be described with reference to an example of the display device having the substrate with partition walls and the organic EL cell of the present invention. A photosensitive polyimide resin is applied on a glass substrate, and an insulating film is formed by a photolithography method. After aluminum is sputtered as the back electrode layer, patterning is performed by photolithography to form a back electrode layer in the opening having no insulating film. Subsequently, tris (8-quinolinolato) aluminum (hereinafter abbreviated as Alq3) was formed as an electron transporting layer by a vacuum evaporation method, and then, as a light emitting layer, dicyanomethylenepyran, quinacridone, 4,4′-bis (2 , 2-diphenylvinyl) biphenyl is formed to form a white light emitting layer. Next, N, N′-diphenyl-N, N′-bis (α-naphthyl) -1,1′-biphenyl-4,4′-diamine is deposited as a hole transport layer by vacuum deposition. Finally, ITO is formed as a transparent electrode by sputtering to produce an organic EL cell having a white light emitting layer. The organic EL cell obtained in this way was opposed to the above-mentioned substrate with a partition wall and bonded with a sealant to produce a display device.

 次に、本発明のタッチパネルについて説明する。本発明のタッチパネルは、前述の本発明のパターン付き基板、透明電極、金属配線および透明膜を有する。 Next, the touch panel of the present invention will be described. The touch panel of the present invention has the above-mentioned substrate with a pattern of the present invention, a transparent electrode, a metal wiring, and a transparent film.

 図10に、本発明のタッチパネルの断面の一例を示す。ガラス基板11上に、本発明の硬化膜からなる白色遮光硬化膜12、透明電極13を有し、透明電極13上に、透明絶縁膜14と、金属配線15を有する。 FIG. 10 shows an example of a cross section of the touch panel of the present invention. The glass substrate 11 has the white light-shielding cured film 12 made of the cured film of the present invention and the transparent electrode 13, and the transparent electrode 13 has the transparent insulating film 14 and the metal wiring 15.

 透明電極としては、視認されにくいことから、ITO電極などが好ましい。 As the transparent electrode, an ITO electrode or the like is preferable because it is difficult to be visually recognized.

 金属配線を構成する材料としては、例えば、銅、MAM(モリブデン/アルミニウム/モリブデン積層膜)、銀など、電気抵抗値の低い素材が挙げられる。 Examples of the material constituting the metal wiring include materials having a low electric resistance value such as copper, MAM (molybdenum / aluminum / molybdenum laminated film), and silver.

 透明膜としては、金属配線同士の接触による導通を防止する透明絶縁膜が好ましく、酸化ケイ素、窒化ケイ素などの無機膜や、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、多官能モノマーおよび光重合開始剤を含有するネガ型感光性透明樹脂組成物の硬化膜などが挙げられる。 As the transparent film, a transparent insulating film that prevents conduction due to contact between metal wirings is preferable. A negative photosensitive film containing an inorganic film such as silicon oxide or silicon nitride, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator. And a cured film of the transparent conductive resin composition.

 本発明のタッチパネルの製造方法としては、例えば、前述の本発明のパターン付き加工基板に、透明電極、透明絶縁膜および金属配線を形成する方法などが挙げられる。以下、代表的な製造方法について説明する。 Examples of the method for manufacturing a touch panel of the present invention include a method of forming a transparent electrode, a transparent insulating film, and a metal wiring on the above-described patterned substrate of the present invention. Hereinafter, typical manufacturing methods will be described.

 図11に、本発明のタッチパネルの製造方法の一例を示す。図11のaは、ガラス基板1上に、白色遮光硬化膜12を有する本発明のパターン付き加工基板の上面図である。このガラス基板11上に、透明電極13を形成する。透明電極13の形成方法としては、例えば、ITOをスパッタリング法により製膜した後、フォトレジストを形成し、エッチングによりパターン形成し、フォトレジストを剥離する方法などが挙げられる。図11のbに、透明電極形成後の上面図を示す。次に、所定の位置に透明絶縁膜14を形成する。透明絶縁膜の製造方法としては、透明絶縁膜が無機膜の場合、例えば、CVD(Chemical Vapor Deposition)法が挙げられる。透明絶縁膜がネガ型感光性透明樹脂組成物の硬化膜の場合、例えば、リソグラフィー法を用いる方法が挙げられる。図11のcに、透明絶縁膜形成後の上面図を示す。その後、金属配線15を形成する。金属配線の形成方法としては、例えば、蒸着法やスパッタリング法により配線を形成する金属を製膜した後、フォトレジストを形成し、エッチングによりパターン形成し、フォトレジストを剥離する方法、銀ペーストの印刷法やリソグラフィー法などが挙げられる。図11のdに、金属配線形成後の上面図を示す。 FIG. 11 shows an example of the touch panel manufacturing method of the present invention. FIG. 11 a is a top view of the patterned processed substrate of the present invention having the white light-shielding cured film 12 on the glass substrate 1. A transparent electrode 13 is formed on the glass substrate 11. Examples of a method for forming the transparent electrode 13 include a method in which ITO is formed by sputtering, a photoresist is formed, a pattern is formed by etching, and the photoresist is peeled off. FIG. 11 b shows a top view after forming the transparent electrode. Next, the transparent insulating film 14 is formed at a predetermined position. As a manufacturing method of a transparent insulating film, when the transparent insulating film is an inorganic film, for example, a CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method is exemplified. When the transparent insulating film is a cured film of a negative photosensitive transparent resin composition, for example, a method using a lithography method may be mentioned. FIG. 11c shows a top view after forming the transparent insulating film. Thereafter, the metal wiring 15 is formed. As a method for forming metal wiring, for example, after forming a metal for forming wiring by vapor deposition or sputtering, a photoresist is formed, a pattern is formed by etching, and the photoresist is peeled off, printing of silver paste Method and lithography method. FIG. 11d shows a top view after forming the metal wiring.

 以下、実施例を挙げて、本発明をさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれら実施例に限定されない。合成例および実施例に用いた化合物のうち、略語を使用しているものについて、以下に示す。
PGMEA:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
DAA:ジアセトンアルコール
BHT:ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although an Example is given and this invention is demonstrated further more concretely, this invention is not limited to these Examples. Of the compounds used in the synthesis examples and examples, those using abbreviations are shown below.
PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate DAA: diacetone alcohol BHT: dibutylhydroxytoluene.

 合成例1~9におけるシロキサン樹脂溶液および合成例10におけるアクリル樹脂の固形分濃度は、以下の方法により求めた。アルミカップにシロキサン樹脂溶液またはアクリル樹脂溶液を1.5g秤取し、ホットプレートを用いて250℃で30分間加熱して液分を蒸発させた。加熱後のアルミカップに残った固形分の重量を秤量して、加熱前の重量に対する割合からシロキサン樹脂溶液またはアクリル樹脂溶液の固形分濃度を求めた。 The solid content concentrations of the siloxane resin solutions in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 and the acrylic resin in Synthesis Example 10 were determined by the following method. 1.5 g of siloxane resin solution or acrylic resin solution was weighed in an aluminum cup and heated at 250 ° C. for 30 minutes using a hot plate to evaporate the liquid. The weight of the solid content remaining in the heated aluminum cup was weighed, and the solid content concentration of the siloxane resin solution or the acrylic resin solution was determined from the ratio to the weight before the heating.

 合成例1~9におけるシロキサン樹脂および合成例10におけるアクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、以下の方法により求めた。GPC分析装置(HLC-8220;東ソー(株)製)を用い、流動層としてテトラヒドロフランを用いて、「JIS K7252-3(制定年月日:2008/03/20)」に基づきGPC分析を行い、ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量を測定した。 The weight average molecular weights of the siloxane resins in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 and the acrylic resin in Synthesis Example 10 were determined by the following method. Using a GPC analyzer (HLC-8220; manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and using tetrahydrofuran as a fluidized bed, GPC analysis was performed based on “JIS K7252-3 (established date: 2008/03/20)” The weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene was measured.

 合成例1~9におけるシロキサン樹脂中の各繰り返し単位の含有比率は、以下の方法により求めた。シロキサン樹脂溶液を直径10mmの“テフロン”(登録商標)製NMRサンプル管に注入して29Si-NMR測定を行い、オルガノシランに由来するSi全体の積分値に対する、特定のオルガノシランに由来するSiの積分値の割合から各繰り返し単位の含有比率を算出した。29Si-NMR測定条件を以下に示す。
装置:核磁気共鳴装置(JNM-GX270;日本電子(株)製)
測定法:ゲーテッドデカップリング法
測定核周波数:53.6693MHz(29Si核)
スペクトル幅:20000Hz
パルス幅:12μs(45°パルス)
パルス繰り返し時間:30.0秒
溶媒:アセトン-d6
基準物質:テトラメチルシラン
測定温度:23℃
試料回転数:0.0Hz。
The content ratio of each repeating unit in the siloxane resins in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 was determined by the following method. A siloxane resin solution is injected into an “Teflon” (registered trademark) NMR sample tube having a diameter of 10 mm to perform 29 Si-NMR measurement, and Si derived from a specific organosilane with respect to the integrated value of the entire Si derived from organosilane. The content ratio of each repeating unit was calculated from the ratio of the integrated value of. The 29 Si-NMR measurement conditions are shown below.
Apparatus: Nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (JNM-GX270; manufactured by JEOL Ltd.)
Measurement method: Gated decoupling method Measurement nuclear frequency: 53.6669 MHz ( 29 Si nucleus)
Spectrum width: 20000Hz
Pulse width: 12μs (45 ° pulse)
Pulse repetition time: 30.0 seconds Solvent: Acetone-d6
Reference substance: Tetramethylsilane Measurement temperature: 23 ° C
Sample rotation speed: 0.0 Hz.

 合成例1 シロキサン樹脂(B-1)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを147.32g(0.675mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランを40.66g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランを12.32g(0.05mol)、BHTを0.808g、PGMEAを171.62g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水52.65gにリン酸2.265g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、フラスコを70℃のオイルバスに浸けて90分間撹拌した後、オイルバスを30分間かけて115℃まで昇温した。昇温開始1時間後に溶液温度(内温)が100℃に到達し、そこから2時間加熱撹拌し(内温は100~110℃)、シロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。なお、昇温および加熱撹拌中、窒素95体積%、酸素5体積%の混合気体を0.05リットル/分流した。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計131.35g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-1)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-1)の重量平均分子量は4,000(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-1)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ67.5mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 1 Siloxane Resin (B-1) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 147.32 g (0.675 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 40.66 g (0.175 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane 26.23 g (0.1 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 12.32 g (0.05 mol) of 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane, and 0.808 g of BHT Then, 171.62 g of PGMEA was charged, and an aqueous phosphoric acid solution in which 2.265 g of phosphoric acid (1.0 wt% with respect to the charged monomer) was dissolved in 52.65 g of water was added over 30 minutes while stirring at room temperature. Thereafter, the flask was immersed in a 70 ° C. oil bath and stirred for 90 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115 ° C. over 30 minutes. One hour after the start of temperature increase, the solution temperature (internal temperature) reached 100 ° C., and was then heated and stirred for 2 hours (internal temperature was 100 to 110 ° C.) to obtain a siloxane resin solution. During the temperature rise and heating and stirring, a mixed gas of 95 volume% nitrogen and 5 volume% oxygen was flowed at 0.05 liter / minute. During the reaction, a total of 131.35 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-1) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-1) had a weight average molecular weight of 4,000 (polystyrene conversion). From the 29 Si-NMR measurement results, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3- ( The molar ratios of repeating units derived from 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane were 67.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 5 mol%, respectively.

 合成例2 シロキサン樹脂(B-2)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを81.84g(0.375mol)、トリフルオロプロピルメチルジメトキシシランを60.66g(0.3mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランを40.66g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランを12.32g(0.05mol)、BHTを0.78g、PGMEAを174.95g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水44.55gにリン酸2.217g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計128.40g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-2)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-2)の重量平均分子量は3,200(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-2)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ37.5mol%、30mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 2 Siloxane Resin (B-2) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 81.84 g (0.375 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 60.66 g (0.3 mol) of trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3 -40.66 g (0.175 mol) of methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 26.23 g (0.1 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxy 12.32 g (0.05 mol) of silane, 0.78 g of BHT, and 174.95 g of PGMEA are charged, and 2.217 g of phosphoric acid is added to 44.55 g of water while stirring at room temperature (1.0% by weight based on the charged monomers). ) Was added over 30 minutes. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 128.40 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-2) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-2) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,200 (in terms of polystyrene). From the 29 Si-NMR measurement results, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinate in the siloxane resin (B-2) The molar ratios of repeating units derived from acid anhydride and 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane were 37.5 mol%, 30 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 5 mol%, respectively. .

 合成例3 シロキサン樹脂(B-3)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを103.67g(0.475mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランを40.66g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランを12.32g(0.05mol)、メチルトリメトキシシランを27.24g(0.2mol)、BHTを0.808g、PGMEAを155.37g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水52.65gにリン酸2.101g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計131.35g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-3)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-3)の重量平均分子量は3,500(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-3)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ47.5mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、5mol%、20mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 3 Siloxane Resin (B-3) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 103.67 g (0.475 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 40.66 g (0.175 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane were synthesized. 26.23 g (0.1 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 12.32 g (0.05 mol) of 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane, and methyltrimethoxysilane 27.24 g (0.2 mol), 0.808 g of BHT and 155.37 g of PGMEA were charged, and 2.101 g of phosphoric acid (1.0% by weight with respect to the charged monomer) was added to 52.65 g of water while stirring at room temperature. The dissolved aqueous phosphoric acid solution was added over 30 minutes. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 131.35 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-3) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-3) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,500 (polystyrene conversion). From the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3- ( The molar ratios of the repeating units derived from 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane and methyltrimethoxysilane were 47.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, 5 mol% and 20 mol%, respectively.

 合成例4 シロキサン樹脂(B-4)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを103.67g(0.475mol)、ジメチルジメトキシシランを24.04g(0.20mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシランを43.46g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランを12.32g(0.05mol)、BHTを0.736g、PGMEAを161.28g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水50.85gにリン酸2.097g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計130.05g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-4)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-4)の重量平均分子量は3,800(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-4)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ジメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ47.5mol%、20mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 4 Siloxane Resin (B-4) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 103.67 g (0.475 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 24.04 g (0.20 mol) of dimethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxy 43.46 g (0.175 mol) of propyltrimethoxysilane, 26.23 g (0.1 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 12 of 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane .32 g (0.05 mol), BHT 0.736 g, and PGMEA 161.28 g were charged, and 2.097 g of phosphoric acid (1.0 wt% with respect to the charged monomer) was dissolved in 50.85 g of water while stirring at room temperature. An aqueous phosphoric acid solution was added over 30 minutes. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 130.05 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-4) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-4) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,800 (polystyrene conversion). In addition, from the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, dimethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride in the siloxane resin (B-4) The molar ratio of repeating units derived from 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane was 47.5 mol%, 20 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 5 mol%, respectively.

 合成例5 シロキサン樹脂(B-5)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを147.32g(0.675mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシシランを43.46g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランを12.32g(0.05mol)、BHTを0.810g、PGMEAを172.59g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水54.45gにリン酸2.293g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計140.05g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-5)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-5)の重量平均分子量は4,100(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-5)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ67.5mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 5 Siloxane Resin (B-5) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 147.32 g (0.675 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 43.46 g (0.175 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. ), 26.23 g (0.1 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 12.32 g (0.05 mol) of 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane, and 0.2% of BHT. 810 g and 172.59 g of PGMEA were charged, and an aqueous phosphoric acid solution prepared by dissolving 2.293 g of phosphoric acid (1.0 wt% with respect to the charged monomer) in 54.45 g of water was added over 30 minutes while stirring at room temperature. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 140.05 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-5) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-5) had a weight average molecular weight of 4,100 (in terms of polystyrene). From the 29 Si-NMR measurement results, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3- ( The molar ratios of repeating units derived from 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane were 67.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 5 mol%, respectively.

 合成例6 シロキサン樹脂(B-6)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを76.93g(0.35mol)、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシシランを41.00g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、メチルトリメトキシシランを51.08g(0.375mol)、BHTを0.375g、PGMEAを136.95g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水58.50gにリン酸2.070g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計139.50g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-6)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-6)の重量平均分子量は5,000(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-6)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、メチルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ35mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、37.5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 6 Siloxane Resin (B-6) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 76.93 g (0.35 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 41.00 g (0.175 mol) of 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. ), 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), methyltrimethoxysilane 51.08 g (0.375 mol), BHT 0.375 g, and PGMEA 136.95 g were charged at room temperature. Then, an aqueous phosphoric acid solution in which 2.070 g of phosphoric acid (1.0 wt% with respect to the charged monomer) was dissolved in 58.50 g of water was added over 30 minutes. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 139.50 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-6) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-6) had a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 (polystyrene conversion). From the 29 Si-NMR measurement results, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, methyltrimethyl siloxane resin (B-6) The molar ratio of the repeating units derived from methoxysilane was 35 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 37.5 mol%, respectively.

 合成例7 シロキサン樹脂(B-7)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを76.39g(0.35mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランを40.66g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランを12.32g(0.05mol)、メチルトリメトキシシランを44.27g(0.325mol)、BHTを0.673g、PGMEAを145.22g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水52.65gにリン酸1.999g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計130.25g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-7)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-7)の重量平均分子量は3,900(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-7)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ35mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、5mol%、32.5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 7 Siloxane Resin (B-7) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 76.39 g (0.35 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 40.66 g (0.175 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane were prepared. 26.23 g (0.1 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 12.32 g (0.05 mol) of 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane, and methyltrimethoxysilane 44.27 g (0.325 mol), BHT 0.673 g, and PGMEA 145.22 g were charged, and 1.999 g of phosphoric acid (1.0 wt% with respect to the charged monomer) was added to 52.65 g of water while stirring at room temperature. The dissolved aqueous phosphoric acid solution was added over 30 minutes. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 130.25 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-7) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-7) had a weight average molecular weight of 3,900 (polystyrene conversion). From the 29 Si-NMR measurement results, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3- ( The molar ratios of repeating units derived from 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane and methyltrimethoxysilane were 35 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, 5 mol% and 32.5 mol%, respectively.

 合成例8 シロキサン樹脂(B-8)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを185.51g(0.85mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランを17.43g(0.075mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を19.67g(0.075mol)、BHTを0.779g、PGMEAを166.39g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水54.00gにリン酸2.226g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計136.90g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-8)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-8)の重量平均分子量は4,600(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-8)における、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物に由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ85mol%、7.5mol%、7.5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 8 Siloxane Resin (B-8) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 185.51 g (0.85 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 17.43 g (0.075 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane , 19.67 g (0.075 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 0.779 g of BHT and 166.39 g of PGMEA were charged, and 2.226 g of phosphoric acid was added to 54.00 g of water while stirring at room temperature ( An aqueous phosphoric acid solution in which 1.0 wt% of the charged monomer was dissolved was added over 30 minutes. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 136.90 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-8) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-8) had a weight average molecular weight of 4,600 (polystyrene conversion). In addition, from the results of 29 Si-NMR measurement, the siloxane resin (B-8) was repeatedly derived from trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride. The molar ratio of the units was 85 mol%, 7.5 mol%, and 7.5 mol%, respectively.

 合成例9 シロキサン樹脂(B-9)溶液
 1000mlの三口フラスコに、ジフェニルジメトキシシランを164.94g(0.675mol)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランを40.66g(0.175mol)、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を26.23g(0.1mol)、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランを12.32g(0.05mol)、BHTを0.974g、PGMEAを201.22g仕込み、室温で撹拌しながら水40.50gにリン酸2.442g(仕込みモノマーに対して1.0重量%)を溶かしたリン酸水溶液を30分間かけて添加した。その後、合成例1と同様にしてシロキサン樹脂溶液を得た。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計136.90g留出した。得られたシロキサン樹脂溶液に、固形分濃度が40重量%となるようにPGMEAを追加し、シロキサン樹脂(B-9)溶液を得た。なお、得られたシロキサン樹脂(B-9)の重量平均分子量は2,800(ポリスチレン換算)であった。また、29Si-NMRの測定結果より、シロキサン樹脂(B-9)における、ジフェニルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)プロピルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ67.5mol%、17.5mol%、10mol%、5mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 9 Siloxane Resin (B-9) Solution In a 1000 ml three-necked flask, 164.94 g (0.675 mol) of diphenyldimethoxysilane, 40.66 g (0.175 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3- 26.23 g (0.1 mol) of trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 12.32 g (0.05 mol) of 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane, 0.974 g of BHT, and PGMEA An aqueous phosphoric acid solution prepared by dissolving 2.442 g of phosphoric acid (1.0 wt% with respect to the charged monomer) in 40.50 g of water was added over 30 minutes while stirring at room temperature. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. During the reaction, a total of 136.90 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain a siloxane resin (B-9) solution. The resulting siloxane resin (B-9) had a weight average molecular weight of 2,800 (polystyrene conversion). From the results of 29 Si-NMR measurement, diphenyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3- (3,4) in the siloxane resin (B-9). The molar ratio of the repeating units derived from -epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane was 67.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, 5 mol%, respectively.

 合成例1~9のシロキサン樹脂の原料組成を表1~2に示す。 The raw material compositions of the siloxane resins of Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 are shown in Tables 1 and 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009

 合成例10 アクリル樹脂(b)溶液
 500mlの三口フラスコに、2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)を3g、PGMEを50g仕込んだ。その後、メタクリル酸を30g、ベンジルメタクリレートを35g、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イルメタクリレートを35g仕込み、室温でしばらく撹拌し、フラスコ内を窒素置換した後、70℃で5時間加熱撹拌した。次に、得られた溶液にメタクリル酸グリシジルを15g、ジメチルベンジルアミンを1g、p-メトキシフェノールを0.2g、PGMEAを100g添加し、90℃で4時間加熱撹拌し、アクリル樹脂溶液を得た。得られたアクリル樹脂溶液に固形分濃度が40重量%になるようにPGMEAを追加し、アクリル樹脂(b)溶液を得た。アクリル樹脂(b)の重量平均分子量は10,000(ポリスチレン換算)であった。
Synthesis Example 10 Acrylic Resin (b) Solution In a 500 ml three-necked flask, 3 g of 2,2′-azobis (isobutyronitrile) and 50 g of PGME were charged. Thereafter, 30 g of methacrylic acid, 35 g of benzyl methacrylate, and 35 g of tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl methacrylate were charged and stirred for a while at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at 5 ° C. for 5 hours. Next, 15 g of glycidyl methacrylate, 1 g of dimethylbenzylamine, 0.2 g of p-methoxyphenol and 100 g of PGMEA were added to the resulting solution, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. for 4 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution. . PGMEA was added to the obtained acrylic resin solution so that the solid concentration was 40% by weight to obtain an acrylic resin (b) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin (b) was 10,000 (polystyrene conversion).

 合成例11 シランカップリング剤(G―1)溶液
 PGMEA200gに3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物41.97g(0.16mol)とt-ブチルアミン11.70g(0.16mol)を加えてしばらく室温にて撹拌した後、40℃にて2時間撹拌した。その後80℃まで昇温し、6時間加熱撹拌した。得られた溶液を固形分濃度が20重量%になるようにPGMEAを追加し、3-(tert-ブチルカルバモイル)-6-(トリメトキシシリル)へキサン酸、2-(2-(tert-ブチルアミノ)-2-オキソエチル)-5-(トリメトキシシリル)ペンタン酸の混合溶液であるシランカップリング剤(G―1)を得た。
Synthesis Example 11 Silane Coupling Agent (G-1) Solution To 200 g of PGMEA was added 41.97 g (0.16 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride and 11.70 g (0.16 mol) of t-butylamine for a while at room temperature. And then stirred at 40 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C., and the mixture was heated and stirred for 6 hours. PGMEA was added to the obtained solution so that the solid content concentration was 20% by weight, and 3- (tert-butylcarbamoyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (tert-butyl) was added. A silane coupling agent (G-1) which is a mixed solution of amino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid was obtained.

 合成例12 緑色有機蛍光体
 3,5-ジブロモベンズアルデヒド(3.0g)、4-t-ブチルフェニルボロン酸(5.3g)、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)(0.4g)、炭酸カリウム(2.0g)をフラスコに入れ、窒素置換した。ここに脱気したトルエン(30mL)および脱気した水(10mL)を加え、4時間還流した。反応溶液を室温まで冷却し、有機層を、分液した後に飽和食塩水で洗浄した。この有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、ろ過後、溶媒を留去した。得られた反応生成物をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィーにより精製し、3,5-ビス(4-t-ブチルフェニル)ベンズアルデヒド(3.5g)の白色固体を得た。次に、3,5-ビス(4-t-ブチルフェニル)ベンズアルデヒド(1.5g)と2,4-ジメチルピロール(0.7g)をフラスコに入れ、脱水ジクロロメタン(200mL)およびトリフルオロ酢酸(1滴)を加えて、窒素雰囲気下、4時間撹拌した。2,3-ジクロロ-5,6-ジシアノ-1,4-ベンゾキノン(0.85g)の脱水ジクロロメタン溶液を加え、さらに1時間撹拌した。反応終了後、三弗化ホウ素ジエチルエーテル錯体(7.0mL)およびジイソプロピルエチルアミン(7.0mL)を加えて、4時間撹拌した後、さらに水(100mL)を加えて撹拌し、有機層を分液した。この有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、ろ過後、溶媒を留去した。得られた反応生成物をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィーにより精製し、緑色粉末0.4gを得た(収率17%)。得られた緑色粉末のH-NMR分析結果は次の通りであり、上記で得られた緑色粉末が、下記構造式で表される[G-1]であることが確認された。
H-NMR(CDCl(d=ppm)):7.95(s,1H)、7.63-7.48(m,10H)、6.00(s,2H)、2.58(s,6H)、1.50(s,6H)、1.37(s,18H)。
Synthesis Example 12 Green organic phosphor 3,5-dibromobenzaldehyde (3.0 g), 4-t-butylphenylboronic acid (5.3 g), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.4 g), carbonic acid Potassium (2.0 g) was placed in the flask and purged with nitrogen. Degassed toluene (30 mL) and degassed water (10 mL) were added thereto, and the mixture was refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the organic layer was separated and washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain a white solid of 3,5-bis (4-tert-butylphenyl) benzaldehyde (3.5 g). Next, 3,5-bis (4-t-butylphenyl) benzaldehyde (1.5 g) and 2,4-dimethylpyrrole (0.7 g) were placed in a flask and dehydrated dichloromethane (200 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 The mixture was stirred for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. A dehydrated dichloromethane solution of 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (0.85 g) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex (7.0 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (7.0 mL) were added and stirred for 4 hours, then water (100 mL) was further added and stirred, and the organic layer was separated. did. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 0.4 g of a green powder (yield 17%). The results of 1 H-NMR analysis of the obtained green powder are as follows, and it was confirmed that the green powder obtained above was [G-1] represented by the following structural formula.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d = ppm)): 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.48 (m, 10H), 6.00 (s, 2H), 2.58 (s , 6H), 1.50 (s, 6H), 1.37 (s, 18H).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 合成例13 シリカ粒子含有ポリシロキサン溶液(LS-1)
 500mlの三口フラスコに、メチルトリメトキシシランを0.05g(0.4mmol)、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランを0.66g(3.0mmol)、トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物を0.10g(0.4mmol)、γ-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシランを7.97g(34mmol)、15.6重量%のシリカ粒子のイソプロピルアルコール分散液(IPA-ST-UP:日産化学工業(株)製)を224.37g混合し、エチレングリコールモノ-t-ブチルエーテル163.93gを加えた。室温で撹拌しながら、水4.09gにリン酸0.088gを溶かしたリン酸水溶液を3分間かけて添加した。その後、フラスコを40℃のオイルバスに浸けて60分間撹拌した後、オイルバスを30分間かけて115℃まで昇温した。昇温開始1時間後に溶液の内温が100℃に到達し、そこから2時間加熱撹拌し(内温は100~110℃)、シリカ粒子含有ポリシロキサン溶液(LS-1)を得た。なお、昇温および加熱撹拌中、窒素を0.05l(リットル)/分流した。反応中に副生成物であるメタノール、水が合計194.01g留出した。得られたシリカ粒子含有ポリシロキサン溶液(LS-1)の固形分濃度は24.3重量%、固形分中のポリシロキサンとシリカ粒子の含有量はそれぞれ15重量%、85重量%であった。得られたシリカ粒子含有ポリシロキサン(LS-1)におけるポリシロキサンの、メチルトリメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、γ-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシランに由来する繰り返し単位のモル比は、それぞれ1.0mol%、8.0mol%、1.0mol%、90.0mol%であった。
Synthesis Example 13 Silica Particle-Containing Polysiloxane Solution (LS-1)
In a 500 ml three-necked flask, 0.05 g (0.4 mmol) of methyltrimethoxysilane, 0.66 g (3.0 mmol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, and 0.10 g of trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride (0 .4 mmol), 7.97 g (34 mmol) of γ-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and an isopropyl alcohol dispersion of 15.6 wt% silica particles (IPA-ST-UP: manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 224 .37 g was mixed, and 163.93 g of ethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether was added. While stirring at room temperature, an aqueous phosphoric acid solution in which 0.088 g of phosphoric acid was dissolved in 4.09 g of water was added over 3 minutes. Thereafter, the flask was immersed in a 40 ° C. oil bath and stirred for 60 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115 ° C. over 30 minutes. One hour after the start of temperature increase, the internal temperature of the solution reached 100 ° C., and was then heated and stirred for 2 hours (internal temperature was 100 to 110 ° C.) to obtain a silica particle-containing polysiloxane solution (LS-1). During the temperature rise and heating and stirring, nitrogen was flowed at 0.05 l (liter) / min. During the reaction, a total of 194.01 g of methanol and water as by-products were distilled out. The resulting silica particle-containing polysiloxane solution (LS-1) had a solid content concentration of 24.3% by weight, and the contents of polysiloxane and silica particles in the solid content were 15% by weight and 85% by weight, respectively. Polysiloxanes in the resulting silica particle-containing polysiloxane (LS-1) were converted to methyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, and γ-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. The molar ratio of the derived repeating units was 1.0 mol%, 8.0 mol%, 1.0 mol%, and 90.0 mol%, respectively.

 調製例1 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―1)
 (A)白色顔料として、二酸化チタン顔料(R-960;BASFジャパン(株)製)5.00gに、(B)シロキサン樹脂として、合成例1により得たシロキサン樹脂(B-1)溶液5.00gを混合したジルコニアビーズが充填されたミル型分散機を用いて分散し、顔料分散液(MW-1)を得た。
Preparation Example 1 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-1)
4. (A) Titanium dioxide pigment (R-960; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 5.00 g as a white pigment, and (B) siloxane resin (B-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1 as a siloxane resin. Dispersion was carried out using a mill type disperser filled with zirconia beads mixed with 00 g to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-1).

 次に、顔料分散液(MW-1)10.00g、シロキサン樹脂(B-1)溶液1.15g、(C)光重合開始剤として、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(“イルガキュア”(登録商標)-907(商品名)、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.100g、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド(“イルガキュア”-819(商品名)、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.200g、(D)光重合性化合物として、ペンタエリスリトールアクリレート(“ライトアクリレート”(登録商標)PE-3A(商品名)、共栄社化学(株)製)1.50g、光重合性フッ素含有化合物(“メガファック”(登録商標)RS-76-E(商品名)DIC(株)製)の40重量%PGMEA希釈溶液1.00g、シランカップリング剤(G1)の20重量%PGMEA希釈溶液0.500g、3’,4’-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート(“セロキサイド”(登録商標)-2021P(商品名)、ダイセル(株)製)0.200g、エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)ビス[3-(5-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-m-トリル)プロピオネート](“イルガノックス”(登録商標)-1010(商品名)、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.300g、アクリル系界面活性剤(商品名“BYK”(登録商標)-352、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株)製)のPGMEA10重量%希釈溶液0.100g(濃度500ppmに相当)を、DAA1.000gとPGMEA4.200gの混合溶媒に溶解させ、撹拌した。次いで、5.0μmのフィルターでろ過を行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-1)を得た。 Next, 10.00 g of pigment dispersion (MW-1), 1.15 g of siloxane resin (B-1) solution, (C) 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2 as a photopolymerization initiator -Morpholinopropan-1-one ("Irgacure" (registered trademark) -907 (trade name), manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.100 g, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide ( “Irgacure” -819 (trade name), manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. 0.200 g, (D) As a photopolymerizable compound, pentaerythritol acrylate (“light acrylate” (registered trademark) PE-3A (trade name), 1.50 g, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound (“Megafac” (registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) DIC Corporation) ) 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution 1.00 g, Silane coupling agent (G1) 20 wt% PGMEA diluted solution 0.500 g, 3 ′, 4′-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (“ Celoxide ”(registered trademark) -2021P (trade name), manufactured by Daicel Corporation) 0.200 g, ethylenebis (oxyethylene) bis [3- (5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl) propionate] ("Irganox" (registered trademark) -1010 (trade name), manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.300 g, acrylic surfactant (trade name "BYK" (registered trademark) -352, Big Chemie Japan Ltd.) )) PGMEA 10 wt% diluted solution 0.100 g (corresponding to a concentration of 500 ppm) It was dissolved in a mixed solvent of 000g and PGMEA4.200G, and stirred. Next, the mixture was filtered through a 5.0 μm filter to obtain a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-1).

 調製例2~4 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―2)~(P―4)
 シロキサン樹脂(B-1)溶液の代わりに、それぞれ前記シロキサン樹脂(B-2)~(B-4)溶液を使用した以外は調製例1と同様に行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-2)~(P-4)を得た。
Preparation Examples 2 to 4 Negative photosensitive coloring compositions (P-2) to (P-4)
A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P) was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that the siloxane resins (B-2) to (B-4) were used instead of the siloxane resin (B-1) solution. -2) to (P-4) were obtained.

 調製例5 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―5)
 光重合性フッ素含有化合物(“メガファック”(登録商標)RS-76-E)の40重量%PGMEA希釈溶液1.00gの代わりに、ペンタエリスリトールアクリレート(“ライトアクリレート”(登録商標)PE-3A)の40重量%PGMEA希釈液1.00gを使用する以外は調製例1と同様に行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-5)を得た。
Preparation Example 5 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-5)
Instead of 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of a photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound (“Megafac” (registered trademark) RS-76-E), pentaerythritol acrylate (“light acrylate” (registered trademark) PE-3A) The negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-5) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 except that 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluent was used.

 調製例6 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―6)
 光反応性フッ素含有化合物(“メガファック”(登録商標)RS-76-E(商品名)DIC(株)製)の40重量%PGMEA希釈溶液1.00gの代わりに、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート(“ビスコート”(登録商標)-3F(商品名)、大阪有機化学(株)製)の40重量%PGMEA希釈溶液を1.00g使用した以外は、調製例1と同様に行いネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-6)を得た。
Preparation Example 6 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-6)
Instead of 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of a photoreactive fluorine-containing compound (“Megafac” (registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation), 2,2,2- The same procedure as in Preparation Example 1, except that 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of trifluoroethyl acrylate (“Biscoat” (registered trademark) -3F (trade name), manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used. A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-6) was obtained.

 調整例7 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―7)
 二酸化チタン顔料(R-960;BASFジャパン(株)製)の代わりに、二酸化チタン顔料(CR-97;石原産業(株)製)を使用した以外は調製例1と同様に行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-7)を得た。
Preparation Example 7 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-7)
Negative-type photosensitivity was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 except that a titanium dioxide pigment (CR-97; manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) was used instead of the titanium dioxide pigment (R-960; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.). Sex coloring composition (P-7) was obtained.

 調整例8 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―8)
 2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(“イルガキュア”-127)の代わりに、“イルガキュア”(登録商標)-MBF(商品名)、BASFジャパン(株)製)0.100gを使用した以外は調製例1と同様に行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-8)を得た。
Preparation Example 8 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-8)
Instead of 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (“Irgacure” -127), “Irgacure” (registered trademark) -MBF (trade name), BASF Japan ( Except for using 0.100 g), a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-8) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1.

 調製例9~13 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―9)~(P―13)
 シロキサン樹脂(B-1)溶液の代わりに、それぞれシロキサン樹脂(B-5)~(B-9)溶液を使用した以外は調製例1と同様に行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-9)~(P-13)を得た。
Preparation Examples 9 to 13 Negative photosensitive coloring compositions (P-9) to (P-13)
A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-) was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that the siloxane resins (B-5) to (B-9) were used instead of the siloxane resin (B-1) solution. 9) to (P-13) were obtained.

 調製例14 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P―14)
 樹脂(B-1)溶液の代わりに、アクリル樹脂(b)溶液を使用した以外は調製例1と同様に行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-14)を得た。
Preparation Example 14 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-14)
A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-14) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1, except that the acrylic resin (b) solution was used instead of the resin (B-1) solution.

 調製例15ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-15)
 顔料分散液(MW-1)8.00g、合成例1により得たポリシロキサン(B―1)溶液1.615g、光重合開始剤として、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(О-アセチルオキシム)(“イルガキュア”(登録商標)OXE-02(商品名)BASFジャパン(株)製(以下「OXE-02」))0.160g、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド(“イルガキュア”819(商品名)、BASFジャパン(株)製(以下「IC-819」))0.160g、光重合性化合物として、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(“KAYARAD”(登録商標)DPHA(商品名)、新日本薬業(株)製(以下「DPHA」))1.20g、撥液化合物として、光重合性フッ素含有化合物(“メガファック”(登録商標)RS-76-E(商品名)DIC(株)製(以下「RS-76-E」))の40重量%PGMEA希釈溶液0.100g、3’,4’-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート(“セロキサイド”(登録商標)2021P(商品名)、ダイセル(株)製(以下「セロキサイド2021P」))0.160g、エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)ビス[3-(5-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-m-トリル)プロピオネート](“イルガノックス”(登録商標)1010(商品名)、BASFジャパン(株)製(以下「IRGANOX1010」))0.024g、アクリル系界面活性剤(“BYK”(登録商標)352(商品名)、ビックケミージャパン(株)製)のPGMEA10重量%希釈溶液0.100g(濃度500ppmに相当)を、DAA1.200gとPGMEA7.281gの混合溶媒に溶解させ、撹拌した。次いで、5.0μmのフィルターでろ過を行い、ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-15)を得た。
Preparation Example 15 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-15)
8.00 g of pigment dispersion (MW-1), 1.615 g of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2- Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (“Irgacure” (registered trademark) OXE-02 (trade name) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. (hereinafter “OXE-02”) )) 0.160 g, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide (“Irgacure” 819 (trade name), manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. (hereinafter “IC-819”)) 0.160 g, As a photopolymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (“KAYARAD” (registered trademark) DPHA (trade name), manufactured by Shin Nippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (hereinafter “DPH”) )) 1.20 g, as a liquid repellent compound, a photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound (“Megafac” (registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation (hereinafter “RS-76-E”) )) 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution 0.100 g, 3 ′, 4′-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (“Celoxide” (registered trademark) 2021P (trade name), manufactured by Daicel Corporation (Hereinafter referred to as “Celoxide 2021P”) 0.160 g, ethylenebis (oxyethylene) bis [3- (5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl) propionate] (“Irganox” (registered trademark) 1010 ( Product Name), BASF Japan K.K. (hereinafter “IRGANOX1010”)) 0.024 g, acrylic surfactant (“BY "(Registered trademark) 352 (trade name), manufactured by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd." PGMEA 10 wt% diluted solution 0.100 g (corresponding to a concentration of 500 ppm) is dissolved in a mixed solvent of DAA 1.200 g and PGMEA 7.281 g, Stir. Next, the mixture was filtered through a 5.0 μm filter to obtain a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-15).

 調製例16 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-16)
 ポリシロキサン(B-1)溶液の代わりに、ポリシロキサン(B-5)溶液を使用した以外は、調製例15と同様にしてネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-16)を得た。
Preparation Example 16 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-16)
A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-16) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, except that the polysiloxane (B-5) solution was used instead of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution.

 調製例17 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-17)
 RS-76-Eの40重量%PGMEA希釈溶液の添加量を0.01gに変更し、ポリシロキサン(B-1)溶液量を1.705gにした以外は、調製例15と同様にしてネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-17)を得た。
Preparation Example 17 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-17)
Negative type as in Preparation Example 15 except that the amount of RS-76-E 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution was changed to 0.01 g and the amount of polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 1.705 g. A photosensitive colored composition (P-17) was obtained.

 調製例18 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-18)
 RS-76-Eの40重量%PGMEA希釈溶液0.100gを添加せず、ポリシロキサン(B-1)溶液量を1.715gにした以外は、調製例15と同様にしてネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-18)を得た。
Preparation Example 18 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-18)
Negative photosensitive coloring similar to Preparation Example 15 except that 0.100 g of 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of RS-76-E was not added and the amount of polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 1.715 g. A composition (P-18) was obtained.

 調製例19 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-19)
 顔料分散液(MW-1)の添加量を4.00g、ポリシロキサン(B-1)溶液の添加量を8.615gに変更し、DAA1.200gとPGMEA1.881gの混合溶媒を用いた以外は、調製例15と同様にしてネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-19)を得た。
Preparation Example 19 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-19)
The amount of addition of pigment dispersion (MW-1) was changed to 4.00 g, the amount of addition of polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 8.615 g, and a mixed solvent of 1.200 g DAA and 1.881 g PGMEA was used. In the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-19) was obtained.

 調整例20 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-20)
 顔料分散液(MW-1)の添加量を3.20g、ポリシロキサン(B-1)溶液の添加量を10.015gに変更し、DAA1.200gとPGMEA3.681gの混合溶媒を用いた以外は、調製例15と同様にしてネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-20)を得た。
Preparation Example 20 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-20)
The addition amount of the pigment dispersion (MW-1) was changed to 3.20 g, the addition amount of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 10.15 g, and a mixed solvent of 1.200 g DAA and 3.681 g PGMEA was used. In the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-20) was obtained.

 調製例21 ネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-21)
 顔料分散液(MW-1)の添加量を1.60g、ポリシロキサン(B-1)溶液の添加量を12.815gに変更し、DAA1.200gとPGMEA2.481gの混合溶媒を用いた以外は、調製例15と同様にしてネガ型感光性着色組成物(P-21)を得た。
Preparation Example 21 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-21)
The addition amount of the pigment dispersion (MW-1) was changed to 1.60 g, the addition amount of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution was changed to 12.815 g, and a mixed solvent of 1.200 g DAA and 2.481 g PGMEA was used. In the same manner as in Preparation Example 15, a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-21) was obtained.

 調製例1~21の組成をまとめて表3、表4、表5に示す。 The compositions of Preparation Examples 1 to 21 are summarized in Table 3, Table 4, and Table 5.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013

 調製例22 色変換発光材料組成物(CL-1)
 緑色量子ドット材料(Lumidot 640 CdSe/ZnS、平均粒子径6.3nm:アルドリッチ社製)の0.5重量%トルエン溶液を20重量部、DPHAを45重量部、“イルガキュア”(登録商標)907(BASFジャパン(株)製)を5重量部、アクリル樹脂(SPCR-18(商品名)、昭和電工(株)製)の30重量%PGMEA溶液を166重量部およびトルエンを97重量部混合して撹拌し、均一に溶解した。0.45μmのシリンジフィルターで濾過し、色変換発光材料組成物(CL-1)を調製した
 調製例23 色変換発光材料組成物(CL-2)
 緑色量子ドット材料にかえて合成例12により得られた緑色蛍光体G-1を0.4重量部用い、トルエンの添加量を117重量部に変更した以外は、調製例22と同様にして色変換発光材料組成物(CL-2)を調製した。
Preparation Example 22 Color Conversion Luminescent Material Composition (CL-1)
20 parts by weight of a 0.5 wt% toluene solution of a green quantum dot material (Lumidot 640 CdSe / ZnS, average particle size 6.3 nm: manufactured by Aldrich), 45 parts by weight of DPHA, “Irgacure” (registered trademark) 907 ( 5 parts by weight of BASF Japan Co., Ltd.), 166 parts by weight of 30% by weight PGMEA solution of acrylic resin (SPCR-18 (trade name), Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) and 97 parts by weight of toluene are mixed and stirred. And dissolved uniformly. A color conversion luminescent material composition (CL-1) was prepared by filtration through a 0.45 μm syringe filter. Preparation Example 23 Color Conversion luminescent Material Composition (CL-2)
In the same manner as in Preparation Example 22, except that 0.4 part by weight of the green phosphor G-1 obtained in Synthesis Example 12 was used instead of the green quantum dot material, and the amount of toluene added was changed to 117 parts by weight. A converted luminescent material composition (CL-2) was prepared.

 調製例24 カラーフィルター形成材料(CF-1)
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を90g、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150を60g、高分子分散剤(“BYK”(登録商標)-6919(商品名)ビックケミー社製)を75g、バインダー樹脂(“アデカアークルズ”(登録商標)WR301(商品名)(株)ADEKA製)を100g、PGMEAを675g混合してスラリーを作製した。スラリーを入れたビーカーをダイノーミルとチューブでつなぎ、メディアとして直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズを使用して、周速14m/sで8時間の分散処理を行い、ピグメントグリーン59分散液(GD-1)を作製した。
Preparation Example 24 Color filter forming material (CF-1)
C. I. 90 g of CI Pigment Green 59, C.I. I. 60 g of Pigment Yellow 150, 75 g of a polymeric dispersant (“BYK” (registered trademark) -6919 (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie), and binder resin (“ADEKA ARKLES” (registered trademark) WR301 (trade name) (stock) ) 100 g of ADEKA) and 675 g of PGMEA were mixed to prepare a slurry. The beaker containing the slurry was connected with a dyno mill and a tube, and zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were used as media, and dispersion treatment was performed for 8 hours at a peripheral speed of 14 m / s. Was made.

 ピグメントグリーン59分散液(GD-1)56.54g、アクリル樹脂(“サイクロマー”(登録商標)P(ACA)Z250(商品名)ダイセル・オルネクス(株)製(以下「P(ACA)Z250」))を3.14g、DPHAを2.64g、光重合開始剤(“オプトマー”(登録商標)NCI-831(商品名)(株)ADEKA製(以下「NCI-831」))0.330g、界面活性剤(BYK”(登録商標)-333(商品名)ビックケミー社製)を0.04g、重合禁止剤としてBHTを0.01g、溶媒としてPGMEAを37.30g添加し、カラーフィルター形成材料(CF-1)を作製した。 Pigment Green 59 dispersion (GD-1) 56.54 g, acrylic resin ("Cyclomer" (registered trademark) P (ACA) Z250 (trade name) manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "P (ACA) Z250") )) 3.14 g, DPHA 2.64 g, photopolymerization initiator (“Optomer” (registered trademark) NCI-831 (trade name) manufactured by ADEKA Corporation (hereinafter “NCI-831”)) 0.330 g, 0.04 g of a surfactant (BYK "(registered trademark) -333 (trade name) manufactured by Big Chemie), 0.01 g of BHT as a polymerization inhibitor, and 37.30 g of PGMEA as a solvent were added, and a color filter forming material ( CF-1) was produced.

 調製例25 遮光隔壁用樹脂組成物
 カーボンブラック(MA100(商品名)三菱化学(株)製)150g、高分子分散剤BYK(登録商標)-6919を75g、P(ACA)Z250を100g、PGMEAを675g混合してスラリーを作製した。スラリーを入れたビーカーをダイノーミルとチューブでつなぎ、メディアとして直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズを使用して、周速14m/sで8時間の分散処理を行い、顔料分散液(MB-1)を作製した。
Preparation Example 25 Resin Composition for Light-shielding Partition Carbon Black (MA100 (trade name) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 150 g, 75 g of polymer dispersant BYK (registered trademark) -6919, 100 g of P (ACA) Z250, PGMEA A slurry was prepared by mixing 675 g. Connect the beaker containing the slurry with a dyno mill and a tube, and use a zirconia bead with a diameter of 0.5 mm as the media to perform a dispersion treatment for 8 hours at a peripheral speed of 14 m / s to prepare a pigment dispersion (MB-1). did.

 顔料分散液(MB-1)56.54、P(ACA)Z250を3.14g、DPHAを2.64g、NCI-831を0.330g、BYK(登録商標)-333を0.04g、重合禁止剤としてターシャリブチルカテコール0.01g、PGMEA37.30gを添加し、遮光隔壁用樹脂組成物を作製した。 Pigment dispersion (MB-1) 56.54, P (ACA) Z250 3.14 g, DPHA 2.64 g, NCI-831 0.330 g, BYK (registered trademark) -333 0.04 g, polymerization prohibited As the agent, 0.01 g of tertiary butyl catechol and 37.30 g of PGMEA were added to prepare a resin composition for a light shielding partition.

 調製例26 低屈折率層形成材料
 合成例13により得られたシリカ粒子含有ポリシロキサン溶液(LS-1)を5.350g、エチレングリコールモノ-t-ブチルエーテルを1.170g、DAAを3.48g混合した後、0.45μmのシリンジフィルターで濾過し、低屈折率層形成材料を調製した。
Preparation Example 26 Low Refractive Index Layer-Forming Material 5.350 g of the silica particle-containing polysiloxane solution (LS-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 13 was mixed with 1.170 g of ethylene glycol mono-t-butyl ether and 3.48 g of DAA. Then, it filtered with a 0.45 micrometer syringe filter, and prepared the low refractive index layer forming material.

 各実施例および比較例における評価方法を以下に示す。 The evaluation methods in each example and comparative example are shown below.

 <白色顔料の屈折率>
 各実施例および比較例に用いた(A)白色顔料について、JIS K7142-2014(制定年月日:2014/04/20)に規定されるプラスチックの屈折率測定方法のうち、B法(顕微鏡を用いる液浸法(ベッケ線法))によって屈折率を測定した。測定波長は587.5nmとした。ただし、JIS K7142-2014で使用される浸液に代えて、(株)島津デバイス製造製「接触液」を使用し、浸液温度:20℃の条件で測定した。顕微鏡として、偏光顕微鏡「オプチフォト」((株)ニコン製)を使用した。(A)白色顔料のサンプルを各30個準備し、それぞれの屈折率を測定し、その平均値を屈折率とした。
<Refractive index of white pigment>
Among the methods for measuring the refractive index of plastics stipulated in JIS K7142-2014 (established date: 2014/04/20) for the white pigment (A) used in each example and comparative example, method B (microscope) The refractive index was measured by the immersion method (Becke line method) used. The measurement wavelength was 587.5 nm. However, instead of the immersion liquid used in JIS K7142-2014, a “contact liquid” manufactured by Shimadzu Device Manufacturing Co., Ltd. was used, and measurement was performed under the condition of immersion liquid temperature: 20 ° C. A polarizing microscope “Optiphoto” (manufactured by Nikon Corporation) was used as a microscope. (A) Thirty samples of white pigment were prepared, the respective refractive indexes were measured, and the average value was taken as the refractive index.

 <シロキサン樹脂またはアクリル樹脂の屈折率>
 各実施例および比較例に用いたシロキサン樹脂またはアクリル樹脂の屈折率は、以下の方法により求めた。シリコンウェハ上に、合成例1~9におけるシロキサン樹脂溶液または合成例10におけるアクリル樹脂溶液をスピナーにより塗布し、90℃のホットプレートで2分間乾燥した。その後、オーブン(IHPS-222;エスペック(株)製)を用いて、空気中230℃で30分間キュアして、硬化膜を作製した。プリズムカプラー(PC-2000(Metricon(株)製))を用いて、大気圧下、20℃の条件で、硬化膜面に対し垂直方向から波長587.5nmの光を照射して、屈折率を測定し、小数点以下第三位を四捨五入した。
<Refractive index of siloxane resin or acrylic resin>
The refractive index of the siloxane resin or acrylic resin used in each example and comparative example was determined by the following method. On the silicon wafer, the siloxane resin solution in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 or the acrylic resin solution in Synthesis Example 10 was applied with a spinner and dried on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. Thereafter, using an oven (IHPS-222; manufactured by Espec Corp.), the film was cured in air at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a cured film. Using a prism coupler (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon Co., Ltd.)), light at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is irradiated from the direction perpendicular to the cured film surface at 20 ° C. under atmospheric pressure to change the refractive index. Measured and rounded to the second decimal place.

 <解像度>
 スピンコーター(商品名1H-360S、ミカサ(株)製)を用いて、各実施例および比較例により得られたネガ型感光性着色組成物を、10cm角の無アルカリガラス基板上に、キュア後の膜厚が10μmとなるようにスピンコートし、ホットプレート(商品名SCW-636、大日本スクリーン製造(株)製)を用いて、温度90℃で2分間プリベークし、膜厚10μmのプリベーク膜を作製した。
<Resolution>
Using a spin coater (trade name 1H-360S, manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was cured on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate. The film is spin-coated so that the film thickness becomes 10 μm, and prebaked at a temperature of 90 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate (trade name SCW-636, manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.). Was made.

 作製したプリベーク膜を、パラレルライトマスクアライナー(商品名PLA-501F、キヤノン(株)製)を用いて、超高圧水銀灯を光源とし、100μm、80μm、60μm、50μm、40μmおよび30μmの各幅のライン&スペースパターンを有するマスクを介して、露光量150mJ/cm(i線)で、100μmのギャップで露光した。その後、自動現像装置(滝沢産業(株)製「AD-2000(商品名)」)を用いて、0.045重量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて100秒間シャワー現像し、次いで水を用いて30秒間リンスした。 Using the pre-baked film, a parallel light mask aligner (trade name: PLA-501F, manufactured by Canon Inc.) and an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp as a light source, lines of each width of 100 μm, 80 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm and 30 μm And it exposed with the gap of 100 micrometers with the exposure amount of 150 mJ / cm < 2 > (i line) through the mask which has a space pattern. Thereafter, using an automatic developing device (“AD-2000 (trade name)” manufactured by Takizawa Sangyo Co., Ltd.), shower development is performed for 100 seconds using a 0.045 wt% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, and then water is used for 30 seconds. Rinse for 2 seconds.

 倍率100倍に調整した顕微鏡を用いて、現像後のパターンを拡大観察し、未露光部に残渣が認められないパターンのうち、最も狭い線幅を解像度とした。ただし、100μm幅のパターン付近の未露光部にも残渣がある場合は「>100μm」とした。 Using a microscope adjusted to a magnification of 100, the developed pattern was enlarged and observed, and the narrowest line width among the patterns in which no residue was observed in the unexposed area was defined as the resolution. However, if there is a residue even in an unexposed portion near the pattern having a width of 100 μm, “> 100 μm” was set.

 <視感反射率>
 スピンコーター(商品名1H-360S、ミカサ(株)製)を用いて、各実施例および比較例により得られたネガ型感光性着色組成物を、10cm角の無アルカリガラス基板上に、キュア後の膜厚が10μmとなるようにスピンコートし、ホットプレート(SCW-636)を用いて、温度90℃で2分間プリベークし、プリベーク膜を形成した。作製したプリベーク膜に、マスクを介さないこと以外は前述の<解像度>の評価方法と同様に露光、現像およびリンスを行った。さらに、オーブン(商品名IHPS-222、エスペック(株)製)を用いて、空気中、温度230℃で30分間キュアし、硬化膜を作製した。
<Visual reflectance>
Using a spin coater (trade name 1H-360S, manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was cured on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate. The film was spin-coated so as to have a film thickness of 10 μm, and prebaked at a temperature of 90 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate (SCW-636) to form a prebaked film. The prepared pre-baked film was exposed, developed and rinsed in the same manner as in the above-described <Resolution> evaluation method except that no mask was interposed. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corp.), curing was performed in air at a temperature of 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a cured film.

 硬化膜を有する無アルカリガラス基板について、分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d、コニカミノルタ(株)製)を用いて、ガラス基板側から硬化膜の反射色度を測定し、CIEのY値(視感反射率)により評価した。ただし、硬化膜にクラックが発生した場合は、亀裂などが原因で正確な値を得ることができないため、視感反射率の測定は実施しなかった。 For a non-alkali glass substrate having a cured film, the reflection chromaticity of the cured film was measured from the glass substrate side using a spectrocolorimeter (trade name CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.), and the CIE Y value (Evaluation of luminous reflectance) However, when a crack occurred in the cured film, an accurate value could not be obtained due to the crack or the like, and thus the luminous reflectance was not measured.

 <反射率>
 スピンコーター(商品名1H-360S、ミカサ(株)製)を用いて、各実施例および比較例により得られたネガ型感光性着色組成物を、10cm角の無アルカリガラス基板上に、キュア後の膜厚が10μmとなるようにスピンコートし、ホットプレート(SCW-636)を用いて、温度90℃で2分間プリベークし、プリベーク膜を形成した。作製したプリベーク膜に、マスクを介さないこと以外は前述の<解像度>の評価方法と同様に露光、現像およびリンスを行った。さらに、オーブン(商品名IHPS-222、エスペック(株)製)を用いて、空気中、温度230℃で30分間キュアし、硬化膜を作製した。
<Reflectance>
Using a spin coater (trade name 1H-360S, manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was cured on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate. The film was spin-coated so as to have a film thickness of 10 μm, and prebaked at a temperature of 90 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate (SCW-636) to form a prebaked film. The prepared pre-baked film was exposed, developed and rinsed in the same manner as in the above-described <Resolution> evaluation method except that no mask was interposed. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corp.), curing was performed in air at a temperature of 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a cured film.

 硬化膜を有する無アルカリガラス基板について、分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d、コニカミノルタ(株)製)を用いて、ベタ膜側からSCIモードで波長550nmにおける反射率を測定した。ただし、ベタ膜にクラックが発生した場合は、亀裂などが原因で正確な値を得ることができないため、反射率の測定は実施しなかった。 With respect to the alkali-free glass substrate having a cured film, the reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured in the SCI mode from the solid film side using a spectrocolorimeter (trade name CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.). However, when a crack was generated in the solid film, an accurate value could not be obtained due to the crack or the like, so the reflectance was not measured.

 <耐熱性-1 クラック耐性>
 スピンコーター(1H-360S;ミカサ(株)製)を用いて、各実施例および比較例により得られたネガ型感光性着色組成物を、10cm角の無アルカリガラス基板上に、キュア後の膜厚が5μm、10μm、15μm、20μmとなるようにそれぞれ塗布し、ホットプレート(SCW-636)を用いて、温度90℃で2分間プリベークし、プリベーク膜を形成した。作製したプリベーク膜に、マスクを介さないこと以外は前述の<解像度>の評価方法と同様に露光、現像およびリンスを行った。さらに、オーブン(商品名IHPS-222、エスペック(株)製)を用いて、空気中、温度230℃で30分間キュアし、硬化膜を作製した。
<Heat resistance-1 Crack resistance>
Using a spin coater (1H-360S; manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was applied to a 10 cm square non-alkali glass substrate after curing. The films were applied to a thickness of 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, and 20 μm, respectively, and prebaked at a temperature of 90 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate (SCW-636) to form a prebaked film. The prepared pre-baked film was exposed, developed and rinsed in the same manner as in the above-described <Resolution> evaluation method except that no mask was interposed. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corp.), curing was performed in air at a temperature of 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a cured film.

 作製した硬化膜を目視観察し、クラックの発生有無を評価した。1つでもクラックが確認された場合には、その膜厚におけるクラック耐性はないと判断した。例えば、膜厚15μmではクラックがなく、膜厚20μmではクラックがあった場合には、耐クラック膜厚を「≦15μm」と判定した。また、20μmでもクラックがない場合の耐クラック膜厚を「≧20μm」、5μmでもクラックがある場合の耐クラック膜厚を「<5μm」と、それぞれ判定し、追加キュア前のクラック耐性とした。 The produced cured film was visually observed to evaluate the occurrence of cracks. When even one crack was confirmed, it was judged that there was no crack resistance at that film thickness. For example, when there was no crack at a film thickness of 15 μm and there was a crack at a film thickness of 20 μm, the crack-resistant film thickness was determined as “≦ 15 μm”. Further, the crack-resistant film thickness when there is no crack even at 20 μm was determined as “≧ 20 μm”, and the crack-resistant film thickness when there was a crack even when 5 μm was determined as “<5 μm”, respectively.

 クラックが発生していない硬化膜について、さらにオーブン(IHPS-222)を用いて、空気中、温度240℃で2時間の追加キュアを行った後、同様にクラックの発生有無を評価し、追加キュア後のクラック耐性とした。 The cured film with no cracks was further subjected to additional curing in air at a temperature of 240 ° C. for 2 hours using an oven (IHPS-222), and the presence or absence of cracks was similarly evaluated. Later resistance to cracking.

 <耐熱性-2 色変化>
 スピンコーター(1H-360S;ミカサ(株)製)を用いて、各実施例および比較例により得られたネガ型感光性着色組成物を、10cm角の無アルカリガラス基板上に、キュア後の膜厚が10μmとなるように塗布し、前述の<耐熱性-1 クラック耐性>の評価方法と同様に硬化膜を作製した。ただし、硬化膜にクラックが発生した場合は、残りの評価を実施しなかった。
<Heat resistance-2 color change>
Using a spin coater (1H-360S; manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was applied to a 10 cm square non-alkali glass substrate after curing. The coating was applied so that the thickness was 10 μm, and a cured film was produced in the same manner as in the above-described evaluation method of <Heat resistance-1 Crack resistance>. However, when cracks occurred in the cured film, the remaining evaluation was not performed.

 得られた硬化膜を有する無アルカリガラス基板について、分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d、コニカミノルタ(株)製)を用いて、ガラス基板側から硬化膜の反射色度を測定し、CIE1976(L*,a*,b*)色空間にて表示した場合のb*の値により黄色味を評価し、追加キュア前の色特性とした。なお、光源としてはC光源を用いた。 For the alkali-free glass substrate having the obtained cured film, the reflection chromaticity of the cured film was measured from the glass substrate side using a spectrocolorimeter (trade name CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.), and CIE1976. (L *, a *, b *) The yellowness was evaluated based on the value of b * when displayed in the color space, and the color characteristics before additional curing were used. A C light source was used as the light source.

 色特性を評価した硬化膜について、さらにオーブン(IHPS-222)を用いて、空気中、温度240℃で2時間の追加キュアを行った後、同様に反射色度を測定し、CIE1976(L*,a*,b*)色空間にて表示した値を、追加キュア前の色特性と比較し、以下の式(I)により色差(以下、「ΔEab」)を算出した。ΔEabが小さいほど、良好な耐熱性を有している。ΔEabは1.0以下が好ましく、0.7以下がより好ましい。
ΔEab=(X1+X2+X30.5 ・・・ 式(I)
ここで、X1、X2、X3はそれぞれ以下のとおりである。
X1 : {L*(0)}-{L*(1)}
X2 : {a*(0)}-{a*(1)}
X3 : {b*(0)}-{b*(1)}
 ただし、L*(0)、a*(0)、b*(0)は、それぞれ、追加キュア前のL*,a*,b*の値を示し、L*(1)、a*(1)、b*(1)は、それぞれ、追加キュア後のL*,a*,b*の値を示す。
The cured film whose color characteristics were evaluated was further subjected to additional curing for 2 hours at 240 ° C. in air using an oven (IHPS-222), and then the reflection chromaticity was measured in the same manner, and CIE 1976 (L * , A *, b *) The values displayed in the color space were compared with the color characteristics before additional curing, and the color difference (hereinafter referred to as “ΔEab”) was calculated by the following equation (I). The smaller ΔEab, the better the heat resistance. ΔEab is preferably 1.0 or less, and more preferably 0.7 or less.
ΔEab = (X1 2 + X2 2 + X3 2 ) 0.5 ... Formula (I)
Here, X1, X2, and X3 are as follows.
X1: {L * (0)}-{L * (1)}
X2: {a * (0)}-{a * (1)}
X3: {b * (0)}-{b * (1)}
However, L * (0), a * (0), and b * (0) respectively indicate the values of L *, a *, and b * before additional curing, and L * (1), a * (1 ) And b * (1) indicate the values of L *, a *, and b * after additional curing, respectively.

 <OD値>
 各実施例および比較例により得られた隔壁付き基板の隔壁のモデルとして、前述の<反射率>の評価方法と同様に、ガラス基板上にベタ膜を作製した。得られたベタ膜を有するガラス基板について、光学濃度計(361T(visual);X-rite社製)を用いて入射光および透過光の強度を測定し、以下の式(10)より光学濃度(OD値)を算出した。
OD値 = log10(I/I) ・・・ 式(10)
 I : 入射光強度
 I : 透過光強度。
<OD value>
As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with a partition wall obtained in each example and comparative example, a solid film was formed on a glass substrate in the same manner as the above-described evaluation method of <reflectance>. About the glass substrate which has the obtained solid film, the intensity | strength of incident light and transmitted light was measured using the optical densitometer (361T (visual); X-rite company make), and optical density ( OD value) was calculated.
OD value = log 10 (I 0 / I) Expression (10)
I 0 : Incident light intensity I: Transmitted light intensity.

 <表面接触角>
 各実施例および比較例により得られた、隔壁付き基板の隔壁のモデルとして、前述の<反射率>の評価方法と同様に、ガラス基板上にベタ膜を作製した。得られたベタ膜について、協和界面科学(株)製 DM-700、マイクロシリンジ:協和界面科学(株)製 接触角計用テフロン(登録商標)コート針22Gを用いて、25℃、大気中において、JIS R3257(制定年月日:1999/04/20)に規定される基板ガラス表面のぬれ性試験方法に準拠して、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートに対する表面接触角を測定した。
<Surface contact angle>
As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with a partition wall obtained in each example and comparative example, a solid film was formed on a glass substrate in the same manner as the above-described evaluation method of <reflectance>. About the obtained solid film, DM-700 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., Microsyringe: Teflon (registered trademark) coated needle 22G for contact angle meter manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., at 25 ° C. in the atmosphere. The surface contact angle with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was measured in accordance with a wettability test method for the surface of a substrate glass specified in JIS R3257 (Established date: 1999/04/20).

 <インクジェット塗布性>
 各実施例および比較例により得られた、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)を形成する前の隔壁付き基板において、格子状の隔壁で囲われた画素部分に対して、PGMEAをインクとして、インクジェット塗布装置(InkjetLabo、クラスターテクノロジー(株)製)を用いて、インクジェット塗布を行った。1つの格子状パターンあたり160pLのPGMEAを塗布して、決壊(インクが隔壁を乗り越えて隣の画素部分に混入する現象)の有無を観察し、下記基準によりインクジェット塗布性を評価した。決壊しないほど撥液性能が高く、インクジェット塗布性が優れていることを示す。
A:インクが画素内からあふれなかった。
B:一部分においてインクが画素内から隔壁の上面にあふれ出した。
C:全面においてインクが画素内から隔壁の上面にあふれ出した。
<Inkjet coating properties>
In the substrate with barrier ribs obtained before the formation of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material obtained in each of the examples and comparative examples, PGMEA is used as an ink for the pixel portion surrounded by the grid-like barrier ribs. Inkjet coating was performed using an inkjet coating apparatus (InkjetLab, manufactured by Cluster Technology Co., Ltd.). 160 pL of PGMEA was applied per grid pattern, and the presence or absence of breakage (a phenomenon in which ink crosses the partition wall and enters the adjacent pixel portion) was observed, and the inkjet coating property was evaluated according to the following criteria. The liquid repellency is so high that it does not break, indicating that the ink jet coating property is excellent.
A: Ink did not overflow from inside the pixel.
B: In some portions, ink overflowed from the inside of the pixel to the upper surface of the partition wall.
C: Ink overflowed from the inside of the pixel to the upper surface of the partition wall on the entire surface.

 <厚み>
 各実施例および比較例により得られた隔壁付き基板について、サーフコム触針式膜厚測定装置を用いて、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)形成前後の構造体の厚みを測定し、その差分を算出することにより、色変換発光材料を含有する層(G)の厚みを測定した。実施例20~22についてはさらに低屈率層(H)の厚みを、実施例23~24についてはさらにカラーフィルターの厚みを、実施例26についてはさらに遮光隔壁の厚み(高さ)を、それぞれ同様に測定した。
<Thickness>
About the board | substrate with a partition obtained by each Example and the comparative example, the thickness of the structure before and behind formation of the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material was measured using the surfcom stylus type film thickness measuring device, By calculating the difference, the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material was measured. For Examples 20 to 22, the thickness of the low refractive index layer (H) is further set. For Examples 23 to 24, the thickness of the color filter is set. For Example 26, the thickness (height) of the light shielding partition is set. It measured similarly.

 また、実施例21~22および24~25については、クロスセクションポリッシャー等の研磨装置を用いて、基板に対して垂直な断面を露出させ、走査型電子顕微鏡または透過型電子顕微鏡で断面を拡大観察することにより、それぞれ無機保護層I~IVの厚みを測定した。 In Examples 21 to 22 and 24 to 25, a cross section perpendicular to the substrate was exposed using a polishing apparatus such as a cross section polisher, and the cross section was enlarged and observed with a scanning electron microscope or a transmission electron microscope. As a result, the thickness of each of the inorganic protective layers I to IV was measured.

 <輝度>
 市販のLEDバックライト(ピーク波長465nm)を搭載した面状発光装置を光源として、色変換発光材料を含有する層が光源側になるように各実施例および比較例により得られた隔壁付き基板を面状発光装置の上に設置した。この面状発光装置に30mAの電流を流してLED素子を点灯させ、分光放射輝度計(CS-1000、コニカミノルタ社製)を用いて、CIE1931規格に基づく輝度(単位:cd/m)を測定し、初期輝度とした。ただし、輝度の評価は、比較例9の初期輝度を標準の100とする相対値により行った。なお、隔壁にクラックが発生した場合は、亀裂などが原因で正確な値を得ることができないため、評価を実施しなかった。
<Luminance>
Using a planar light emitting device equipped with a commercially available LED backlight (peak wavelength: 465 nm) as a light source, a substrate with a partition wall obtained by each Example and Comparative Example so that the layer containing the color conversion light emitting material is on the light source side It installed on the planar light-emitting device. A current of 30 mA is passed through the planar light emitting device to turn on the LED element, and using a spectral radiance meter (CS-1000, manufactured by Konica Minolta), luminance (unit: cd / m 2 ) based on the CIE1931 standard is obtained. Measurement was made as the initial luminance. However, the evaluation of the luminance was performed by a relative value with the initial luminance of Comparative Example 9 being 100 as a standard. In addition, when the crack generate | occur | produced in the partition, since exact value cannot be obtained because of a crack etc., evaluation was not implemented.

 また、室温(23℃)条件にて、LED素子を、48時間点灯した後、同様に輝度を測定し、輝度の経時変化を評価した。ただし、輝度の評価は、比較例9の初期輝度を100とする相対値により行った。 Further, after the LED element was lit for 48 hours at room temperature (23 ° C.), the luminance was measured in the same manner, and the change with time of the luminance was evaluated. However, the evaluation of the luminance was performed by a relative value with the initial luminance of Comparative Example 9 as 100.

 <色特性>
 市販の白色反射板上に、各実施例および比較例により得られた隔壁付き基板を、色変換発光材料を含有する層が白色反射板側に配置されるように設置した。分光測色計(CM-2600d、コニカミノルタ社製、測定径φ8mm)を用いて、基板側から光を照射し、正反射光込みのスペクトルを測定した。
<Color characteristics>
On the commercially available white reflector, the partition-attached substrate obtained in each example and comparative example was placed so that the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material was disposed on the white reflector side. Using a spectrocolorimeter (CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta, measurement diameter φ8 mm), light was irradiated from the substrate side, and a spectrum including specular reflection light was measured.

 自然界の色をほぼ再現できる色規格BT.2020が定める色域は、色度図に示されるスペクトル軌跡上の赤、緑および青を三原色として規定されており、赤、緑および青の波長はそれぞれ630nm、532nmおよび467nmに相当している。得られた反射スペクトルの470nm、530nmおよび630nmの3つの波長の反射率(R)から、色変換発光材料を含有する層の発光色について以下の基準により評価した。
A:R530/(R630+R530+R470)≧0.55
B:0.55>R530/(R630+R530+R470)。
Color standard BT. That can reproduce almost natural colors. The color gamut defined by 2020 is defined with the three primary colors red, green, and blue on the spectral locus shown in the chromaticity diagram, and the wavelengths of red, green, and blue correspond to 630 nm, 532 nm, and 467 nm, respectively. From the reflectance (R) of three wavelengths of 470 nm, 530 nm, and 630 nm of the obtained reflection spectrum, the emission color of the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: R 530 / (R 630 + R 530 + R 470 ) ≧ 0.55
B: 0.55> R 530 / (R 630 + R 530 + R 470 ).

 <表示特性>
 各実施例および比較例により得られた隔壁付き基板と有機EL素子を組み合わせて作製した表示装置の表示特性を、以下の基準に基づき評価した。
A:緑表示が非常に色鮮やかであり、鮮明でコントラストに優れた表示装置である。
B:色彩にやや不自然さが見られるものの、問題のない表示装置である。
<Display characteristics>
The display characteristics of the display device produced by combining the substrate with partition walls obtained in each Example and Comparative Example and the organic EL element were evaluated based on the following criteria.
A: The green display is a very colorful display device that is clear and excellent in contrast.
B: Although the color is somewhat unnatural, the display device has no problem.

 実施例1~13、比較例1~7
 調製例1~20のネガ型着色感光性組成物について、解像度、視感反射率および耐熱性を上記の評価方法に従って評価した。評価結果を表6~表8に示す。
Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7
The negative colored photosensitive compositions of Preparation Examples 1 to 20 were evaluated for resolution, luminous reflectance and heat resistance according to the above evaluation methods. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 6 to 8.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016

 実施例14~26、比較例8~9
 調製例15~21のネガ型着色感光性組成物により得られる隔壁付き基板について、反射率、OD値、表面接触角、インクジェット塗布性、厚み、輝度、色特性および表示特性を上記の評価方法に従って評価した。ただし、比較例8については、硬化膜および隔壁にクラックが発生し、正確な値を得ることができないため、評価を実施しなかった。各実施例および比較例の構成を表9に、評価結果を表10に示す。
Examples 14 to 26, Comparative Examples 8 to 9
For the substrate with barrier ribs obtained from the negative colored photosensitive compositions of Preparation Examples 15 to 21, the reflectance, OD value, surface contact angle, ink jet coatability, thickness, brightness, color characteristics and display characteristics were determined according to the above evaluation methods. evaluated. However, Comparative Example 8 was not evaluated because cracks occurred in the cured film and the partition walls and an accurate value could not be obtained. Table 9 shows the configuration of each example and comparative example, and Table 10 shows the evaluation results.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018

1:基板
2:隔壁
3:色変換発光材料を含有する層
4:低屈折率層
5:無機保護層I
6:無機保護層II
7:カラーフィルター
8:無機保護層III
9:無機保護層IV
10:遮光隔壁
X:隔壁の厚み
L:隔壁の幅
a:本発明のパターン付き加工基板の上面図
b:透明電極形成後の上面図
c:透明絶縁膜形成後の上面図
d:金属配線形成後の上面図
11:ガラス基板
12:白色遮光硬化膜
13:透明電極
14:透明絶縁膜
15:金属配線
1: Substrate 2: Partition wall 3: Layer containing color conversion light emitting material 4: Low refractive index layer 5: Inorganic protective layer I
6: Inorganic protective layer II
7: Color filter 8: Inorganic protective layer III
9: Inorganic protective layer IV
10: light shielding partition X: partition thickness L: partition width a: top view of patterned substrate of the present invention b: top view after forming transparent electrode c: top view after forming transparent insulating film d: metal wiring formation Rear view 11: Glass substrate 12: White light-blocking cured film 13: Transparent electrode 14: Transparent insulating film 15: Metal wiring

Claims (28)

(A)白色顔料、(B)シロキサン樹脂、(C)光重合開始剤、(D)光重合性化合物および(E)有機溶媒を含有するネガ型感光性着色組成物であって、前記(B)シロキサン樹脂が、少なくとも下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および/または下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位と、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位とを含み、前記(B)シロキサン樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を合計40~80モル%含有するネガ型感光性着色組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(上記一般式(1)~(3)中、Rは、水素の全部または一部がフッ素で置換された炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基またはアリールアルキル基を表す。Rは、単結合、-O-、-CH-CO-、-CO-または-O-CO-を表す。Rは、炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表す。Rは、それぞれ同じでも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20の1価の有機基を表す。)
A negative photosensitive coloring composition containing (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent, ) The siloxane resin includes at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and / or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3). Negative photosensitive material containing a total of 40 to 80 mol% of the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) in all the repeating units of the (B) siloxane resin. Coloring composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(In the above general formulas (1) to (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or arylalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine. R 2 represents a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —CO—, —CO— or —O—CO—, R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, R 4 May be the same or different and each represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.)
前記(D)光重合性化合物が、エチレン性不飽和二重結合とフッ素原子を有する化合物を含む請求項1記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物。 The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the photopolymerizable compound (D) includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and a fluorine atom. 前記(B)シロキサン樹脂の波長587.5nmにおける屈折率が1.35~1.55である請求項1または2に記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物。 The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the (B) siloxane resin has a refractive index of 1.35 to 1.55 at a wavelength of 587.5 nm. 前記(A)白色顔料の波長587.5nmにおける屈折率が2.00~2.70である請求項1~3いずれかに記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物。 The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the white pigment (A) has a refractive index of 2.00 to 2.70 at a wavelength of 587.5 nm. 前記(A)白色顔料と(B)シロキサン樹脂の波長587.5nmにおける屈折率差が1.16~1.26である請求項1~4いずれかに記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物。 5. The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein a difference in refractive index between the white pigment (A) and the (B) siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is 1.16 to 1.26. 前記(A)白色顔料が二酸化チタン、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化亜鉛、硫酸バリウムおよびこれらの複合化合物から選ばれた化合物の、メジアン径が100~500nmである粒子を含有する請求項1~5いずれかに記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物。 6. The method according to claim 1, wherein the white pigment (A) contains particles having a median diameter of 100 to 500 nm of a compound selected from titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate and a composite compound thereof. The negative photosensitive coloring composition as described. 固形分中に占める前記(B)シロキサン樹脂の含有量が10~60重量%、前記(A)白色顔料の含有量が20~60重量%である、請求項1~6いずれかに記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物。 The negative according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the content of the (B) siloxane resin in the solid content is 10 to 60% by weight, and the content of the (A) white pigment is 20 to 60% by weight. Type photosensitive coloring composition. 波長550nmにおける厚み10μmあたりの反射率が60~90%である隔壁を形成するために用いられる請求項1~7いずれかに記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物。 The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is used for forming a partition having a reflectance of 60 to 90% per 10 µm thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm. 請求項1~7いずれかに記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物の硬化膜。 A cured film of the negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7. (I)請求項1~8いずれかに記載のネガ型感光性着色組成物を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程、
(II)前記塗膜を露光および現像する工程および
(III)前記現像後の塗膜を加熱する工程
を含む請求項9に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
(I) a step of applying a negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 on a substrate to form a coating film;
The method for producing a cured film according to claim 9, comprising (II) a step of exposing and developing the coating film, and (III) a step of heating the coating film after the development.
基板上に、パターン形成された請求項9に記載の硬化膜を有するパターン付き加工基板。 The processed substrate with a pattern which has the cured film of Claim 9 patterned on the board | substrate. 基板上に、請求項9に記載の硬化膜からなるパターン形成された隔壁を有する隔壁付き基板であって、波長550nmにおける厚み10μmあたりの隔壁の反射率が60~90%である隔壁付き基板。 A substrate with a barrier rib having a partition wall formed of the cured film according to claim 9 on the substrate, wherein the barrier rib has a reflectance of 60 to 90% per 10 μm thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm. 前記パターン化された隔壁の、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートに対する表面接触角が10°~70°である請求項12に記載の隔壁付き基板。 The substrate with a partition according to claim 12, wherein the patterned partition has a surface contact angle with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate of 10 ° to 70 °. 前記基板とパターン形成された隔壁との間に、さらに、厚み1.0μmあたりの光学濃度が0.1~4.0である、パターン形成された遮光隔壁を有する請求項12または13記載の隔壁付き基板。 14. The partition wall according to claim 12, further comprising a patterned light-shielding partition wall having an optical density of 0.1 to 4.0 per 1.0 μm thickness between the substrate and the patterned partition wall. With board. 隣接する隔壁間に、色変換発光材料を含有する層を有する請求項12~14いずれかに記載の隔壁付き基板。 The substrate with barrier ribs according to any one of claims 12 to 14, further comprising a layer containing a color conversion light-emitting material between adjacent barrier ribs. 前記色変換発光材料が無機蛍光体および/または有機蛍光体を含有する請求項15記載の隔壁付き基板。 The board | substrate with a partition of Claim 15 in which the said color conversion light-emitting material contains an inorganic fluorescent substance and / or an organic fluorescent substance. 前記色変換発光材料が、青色の励起光により励起されて赤色または緑色の蛍光を発する蛍光体を含有する、請求項16記載の隔壁付き基板。 The substrate with a partition wall according to claim 16, wherein the color conversion light-emitting material contains a phosphor that emits red or green fluorescence when excited by blue excitation light. 前記色変換発光材料が量子ドットを含有する請求項16または17記載の隔壁付き基板。 The board | substrate with a partition of Claim 16 or 17 in which the said color conversion luminescent material contains a quantum dot. 前記色変換発光材料がピロメテン誘導体を含有する請求項16または17記載の隔壁付き基板。 The partition-attached substrate according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the color conversion light-emitting material contains a pyromethene derivative. 前記色変換発光材料を含有する層の上に、さらに、波長550nmにおける屈折率が1.20~1.35である低屈折率層を有する請求項15~19いずれかに記載の隔壁付き基板。 The partition-attached substrate according to any one of claims 15 to 19, further comprising a low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm on the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material. 前記波長550nmにおける屈折率が1.20~1.35である低屈折率層上に、さらに、厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層Iを有する請求項20記載の隔壁付き基板。 The substrate with a partition wall according to claim 20, further comprising an inorganic protective layer I having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm on the low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm. 前記波長550nmにおける屈折率が1.20~1.35である低屈折率層の下に、さらに、厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層IIを有する請求項20または21記載の隔壁付き基板。 The partition-attached substrate according to claim 20 or 21, further comprising an inorganic protective layer II having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm below the low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm. 前記基板と色変換発光材料を含有する層の間に、さらに、厚み1~5μmのカラーフィルターを有する請求項15~22いずれかに記載の隔壁付き基板。 The substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 15 to 22, further comprising a color filter having a thickness of 1 to 5 μm between the substrate and the layer containing the color conversion light-emitting material. 前記カラーフィルターと色変換発光材料を含有する層の間に、さらに、厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層IIIを有する請求項23記載の隔壁付き基板。 The substrate with a partition wall according to claim 23, further comprising an inorganic protective layer III having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm between the color filter and the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material. 前記基板上に、さらに厚み50~1,000nmの無機保護層IVを有する請求項12~24いずれかに記載の隔壁付き基板。 The substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 12 to 24, further comprising an inorganic protective layer IV having a thickness of 50 to 1,000 nm on the substrate. 前記無機保護層I、無機保護層II、無機保護層IIIおよび無機保護層IVが、窒化ケイ素および酸化ケイ素から選ばれた1種以上を含む請求項20~25いずれかに記載の隔壁付き基板。 The partition-attached substrate according to any one of claims 20 to 25, wherein the inorganic protective layer I, the inorganic protective layer II, the inorganic protective layer III, and the inorganic protective layer IV include one or more selected from silicon nitride and silicon oxide. 請求項12~26いずれかに記載の隔壁付き基板と、液晶セル、有機ELセル、ミニLEDセルおよびマイクロLEDセルから選ばれた光源とを有する表示装置。 A display device comprising: the substrate with partition walls according to any one of claims 12 to 26; and a light source selected from a liquid crystal cell, an organic EL cell, a mini LED cell, and a micro LED cell. 請求項11に記載のパターン付き加工基板、透明電極、金属配線および透明膜を有するタッチパネル。 The touchscreen which has a processed substrate with a pattern of Claim 11, a transparent electrode, metal wiring, and a transparent film.
PCT/JP2019/009397 2018-03-14 2019-03-08 Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using same Ceased WO2019176785A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020207021151A KR102617582B1 (en) 2018-03-14 2019-03-08 Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, touch panel using the same
JP2019520658A JP7306264B2 (en) 2018-03-14 2019-03-08 Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using the same
CN201980015528.7A CN111771163B (en) 2018-03-14 2019-03-08 Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using same

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018046394 2018-03-14
JP2018-046394 2018-03-14
JP2018-113520 2018-06-14
JP2018113520 2018-06-14
JP2018-128004 2018-07-05
JP2018128004 2018-07-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019176785A1 true WO2019176785A1 (en) 2019-09-19

Family

ID=67907094

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/009397 Ceased WO2019176785A1 (en) 2018-03-14 2019-03-08 Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7306264B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102617582B1 (en)
CN (1) CN111771163B (en)
TW (1) TWI808137B (en)
WO (1) WO2019176785A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021081724A (en) * 2019-11-20 2021-05-27 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Photosensitive resin composition, color conversion pixel partition structure produced using the same, and display device comprising the same
JPWO2021106684A1 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03
CN113025306A (en) * 2019-12-09 2021-06-25 上海航空电器有限公司 Phosphor with composite paraboloid light-collecting capability and preparation method thereof
WO2021235541A1 (en) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-25 セントラル硝子株式会社 Method for producing light-emitting elements
WO2022050530A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-10 삼성전자주식회사 Display apparatus including low brightness area
JP2022153270A (en) * 2021-03-29 2022-10-12 住友化学株式会社 Curable resin composition and cured product thereof
WO2023048016A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2023-03-30 東レ株式会社 Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partitioning wall
US12460031B2 (en) 2018-11-26 2025-11-04 Central Glass Company, Limited Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product of fluororesin, fluororesin, fluororesin film, bank and display element

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102835869B1 (en) * 2021-02-26 2025-07-22 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A photosensitive resin composition for forming partition wall, a partition wall structure prepared using the composition, and a display device comprising the partition wall structure
KR102834243B1 (en) * 2021-02-26 2025-07-15 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A photosensitive resin composition for forming partition wall, a partition wall structure prepared using the composition, and a display device comprising the partition wall structure
KR102729691B1 (en) * 2021-02-26 2024-11-14 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A photosensitive resin composition for forming partition wall, a partition wall structure prepared using the composition, and a display device comprising the partition wall structure
KR20230072570A (en) * 2021-11-17 2023-05-25 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, display panel manufactured using the same, and manufacturing method thereof
US20230378402A1 (en) * 2022-05-17 2023-11-23 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Display apparatus
KR102846477B1 (en) * 2022-12-29 2025-08-14 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Photosensitive resin comopsition, photocurable pattern formed from the same and display comprising the pattern

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007002194A (en) * 2005-06-27 2007-01-11 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Fluorine-containing polysiloxane, photosensitive resin composition using the same, and cured product thereof
WO2014126013A1 (en) * 2013-02-14 2014-08-21 東レ株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, light-shielding pattern for touch panel, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2015012228A1 (en) * 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 東レ株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive white composition for touch panel, touch panel, and production method for touch panel
WO2017057281A1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-04-06 東レ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element and display device each provided with cured film, and method for manufacturing display device
WO2017159190A1 (en) * 2016-03-14 2017-09-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, cured film, optical sensor, and film production method

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101271783B1 (en) * 2005-10-28 2013-06-07 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Siloxane resin composition and method for producing same
JP5617476B2 (en) * 2010-09-22 2014-11-05 Jsr株式会社 Siloxane polymer composition, cured film and method of forming cured film
WO2012057058A1 (en) * 2010-10-29 2012-05-03 住友化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, patterned structure, display device, and partition wall
WO2012147626A1 (en) * 2011-04-28 2012-11-01 旭硝子株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, partition wall, black matrix, method for producing partition wall, method for producing black matrix, color filter, and organic el element
JP2012242928A (en) 2011-05-17 2012-12-10 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Touch panel integrating decorated transparent protective substrate
JP2013050549A (en) * 2011-08-30 2013-03-14 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Negative photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, optical element
JP6065497B2 (en) * 2011-09-29 2017-01-25 Jsr株式会社 Pattern forming method and polysiloxane composition
TWI577739B (en) * 2015-05-25 2017-04-11 奇美實業股份有限公司 White photosensitive resin composition and application of the same
JP6701324B2 (en) * 2016-04-06 2020-05-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, cured film, optical sensor and method for manufacturing film

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007002194A (en) * 2005-06-27 2007-01-11 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Fluorine-containing polysiloxane, photosensitive resin composition using the same, and cured product thereof
WO2014126013A1 (en) * 2013-02-14 2014-08-21 東レ株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, light-shielding pattern for touch panel, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2015012228A1 (en) * 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 東レ株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive white composition for touch panel, touch panel, and production method for touch panel
WO2017057281A1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-04-06 東レ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element and display device each provided with cured film, and method for manufacturing display device
WO2017159190A1 (en) * 2016-03-14 2017-09-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, cured film, optical sensor, and film production method

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12460031B2 (en) 2018-11-26 2025-11-04 Central Glass Company, Limited Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured product of fluororesin, fluororesin, fluororesin film, bank and display element
JP2021081724A (en) * 2019-11-20 2021-05-27 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Photosensitive resin composition, color conversion pixel partition structure produced using the same, and display device comprising the same
JP7665318B2 (en) 2019-11-20 2025-04-21 東友ファインケム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, partition structure for color-converting pixels produced using the same, and display device including the same
JPWO2021106684A1 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03
WO2021106684A1 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
KR102726838B1 (en) 2019-11-28 2024-11-07 도쿄 오카 고교 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
CN114761875A (en) * 2019-11-28 2022-07-15 东京应化工业株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
KR20220108105A (en) * 2019-11-28 2022-08-02 도쿄 오카 고교 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and manufacturing method of cured product
JP7313472B2 (en) 2019-11-28 2023-07-24 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
CN113025306B (en) * 2019-12-09 2023-07-21 上海航空电器有限公司 Phosphor with composite parabolic light collecting capability and preparation method thereof
CN113025306A (en) * 2019-12-09 2021-06-25 上海航空电器有限公司 Phosphor with composite paraboloid light-collecting capability and preparation method thereof
JPWO2021235541A1 (en) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-25
WO2021235541A1 (en) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-25 セントラル硝子株式会社 Method for producing light-emitting elements
KR102541836B1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2023-06-09 삼성전자주식회사 Display apparatus
KR20220030052A (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-10 삼성전자주식회사 Display apparatus
US12159963B2 (en) 2020-09-02 2024-12-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Display apparatus including a low brightness area
WO2022050530A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-10 삼성전자주식회사 Display apparatus including low brightness area
US12477874B2 (en) 2020-09-02 2025-11-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Display apparatus including a low brightness area
JP2022153270A (en) * 2021-03-29 2022-10-12 住友化学株式会社 Curable resin composition and cured product thereof
WO2023048016A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2023-03-30 東レ株式会社 Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partitioning wall

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7306264B2 (en) 2023-07-11
TW201939164A (en) 2019-10-01
CN111771163B (en) 2023-06-02
JPWO2019176785A1 (en) 2021-01-14
KR20200132843A (en) 2020-11-25
CN111771163A (en) 2020-10-13
TWI808137B (en) 2023-07-11
KR102617582B1 (en) 2023-12-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7201062B2 (en) Substrate with partition wall and display device
JP7306264B2 (en) Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using the same
JP2021161401A (en) Resin composition, light blocking film, method for producing light blocking film, and substrate with partition
JP2021005083A (en) Yellow color filter and substrate with the same
JP7115635B2 (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partition
JP7732206B2 (en) Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, partition-equipped substrate, and image display device
JP2023031448A (en) Substrate with partition wall, wavelength conversion substrate and method of manufacturing wavelength conversion substrate, and display device
WO2023048016A1 (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partitioning wall
WO2023157713A1 (en) Resin composition, light-blocking film, method for producing light-blocking film, substrate having partitioning wall attached thereto, and display device
JP2023119574A (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, substrate with partition wall and display device
JP2022150305A (en) Resin composition, ultraviolet absorption layer, and substrate with ultraviolet absorption layer
KR102892713B1 (en) Organic EL display device
WO2025142684A1 (en) Laminate, resin composition, display device, and information terminal
CN106200270A (en) Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019520658

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19766901

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19766901

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1